H A W A I I A N F O L K TA L ES

A CO LLECTI O N
O F NAT IVE L E GE N D S

C O MP I L E D BY

TH O S G T H R U M . .

W ITH S I! TE EN I L LUSTRATIONS F RO M
P HOTOGRAP HS

C H I CA G O

A . C . M c C LU R G CO .

I9 O7
! !
 C O PYR IG H T, 1 90 7

BY

A . C . MC C L U R G Co .

En te e d S e H al l L d E n g l an d
'
r at tat i o n rs , on on ,

Pu b l l s b e d Mar ch 1 , 1 90 7

E
ff) : l ak t sm c flaws ;
R R DONN ELLEY 5: son s co m m
. .
 PRE FAC E

T is b ecoming more and more a m atter of regret

I that a larger amou nt o f systematic e ff ort was not
established i n early years fo r the gathering and preser
vatio n of the folk lore of the H awaiians The world
- .

i s under lasting obligations t o the late Judge F o r n an d er ,

/

and t o D r R ae be fo re him for their painstaking e fforts

.
,

t o gather the history o f this people and trace their

origin and migrations ; but F o r n an d e r s work only h as ’

se e n the light Dr Rae s manuscript having been acci

,
.
’

dentally destroyed by fire .

The early attempts of D ibble and Pogue t o gather

, history from H awaiians themselves have preserved to
native and foreign readers much that would probably
otherwise have been lost To the l ate Judge Andrews
.

we are inde b ted for a very full grammar and dictionary

of the language as also for a valuable manuscript col
,

lection o f m al es and antiqua r ian literature that passed

to the custody of the Boa r d of Education .

There were native historian s in those days ; t h e

newspaper articles of S M K am ak au the ea r lier
. .
,

writings of D avid M alo and the later contributions

,

of G W P il ip o and others are b ut samples o f a wealth

. .

of material most of which has been lost forever to the

,

world F rom time to time Prof W D Ale xander

. . . .
,

v
fl P RE FAC E
as also C J Lyons has furnished interesting e x tracts
. .
,

from these and o ther hakus .

The R ev A O Forbes devoted some time and

. . .

thought to the collecting of island folk-lore : and King

K al ak au a took some pains in this line also as evidenced ,

“
by his volume of Legends and M yths of H awaii ,

edited b y R M D aggett though there is much therein

. .
,

that is wholly foreign to ancient H awaiian customs

and thought N o o n e Of late years had a b etter o p p o r
.

t u n i t y than K al ak au a toward collecting the m al es fu mes , ,

and traditions of his race ; and for purposes looking

to this end there was established by l aw a Board of
Genealogy which had an e x istence of some four years
, ,

but nothing of p ermanent value resulted therefr om .

F o r n an d e r s manuscrip t collection o f m al es legends

’

, ,

and genealogies in the vernacular has fortu nately be

come by purchase the property of the H on C R
, , . . .

Bishop which insures for posterity the result of o ne

,

devoted scholar s e ff orts to rescue the ancient traditions

’

that are gradually slipping away ; for the lz a/eu m al es

( bards ) of H awaii are go ne This fact as also the .
,

H awaiian H istorical Society s desire to aid and s t im u ’

late research into the history and traditions of this

people strengthens the hope that some o ne may yet
,

arise to give us further insight into the lege n dary

folk lore of this i nteresting race
-
.

T G T . . .

H O N O LUL U January 1 1 9 0 7, , .
 N OT E

N response to repeated requests the compiler n o w

I pre sents i n book form the se r ie s o f legends that have
‘

”
been made a feature o f The H awaiian Annual fo r
“

a number of years pa s t The series has bee n enriched

.

b y the addition of seve r al tales the famous shark legend

,

having been furnished fo r this purpose from the papers

o f the H awaiian H istorical Society .

I h e collectio n em b races contributions by t h e Rev .

A O Forbe s D r N B Emerson J S Emerson

. .
, . . .
,
. .
,

M r s E M N ak u i n a W M Gibson D r C M
. . .
, . .
, . . .

H yde and others all of whom are recognized author

, ,

itie s .

T G T . . .

H O N O L U L U January 1 1 90 7
, ,
.
 C O N T E N TS

P A GE

L g nd s
e e R e se m b n g Te s li Ol d t am e nt H i t ry
s o .

R ev C M If y a e, D D
'
. . . . .

Ex pl o i t s o f M a u i R ev . . A . 0 . For bes .

I S n ari n g t h e S u n
F
. .

I I T h e O ri g i n o f ire
.

Pe l e an d t h e De l g u e . R ev A 0 . . . F or bes

Pe l e an d K ahaw al i . F r om El l is
’
s
“
Tou r of
H a wa l t
H ik u an d K awe u 7 S Em er son l . . .

L c i no at o o f t h e L u a O M u il
L o n o p u ha ; or, O rig in of t he Ar t of H li ea n g
in H a wai i . Tr ansl a t ed by Tbos G Tbr u m . . .

A Vi it s t o t he Sp t iri L n d ; a o r, T h e S tran g e
Ex pe ri e n c e of a W n in om a K o n a, awa ii H .

M rs E N . . . H a l ey
V III Ka p e e p e e k au i l a ; or, T he R o c k s of Ka n a

F
. .

R ev A 0 . . . or bes

K al e l e al u aka . Dr N B Em er son
. . .

S t o ri e s of the M e n e hu n e s H a wai i t h e O ri g i n al
H e om o f t he Br o wni e s . Tbos G Tbr u m . .

M o k e M an n ’
s Ac c oun t
Pi t r c r se
’
s W a e ou

L k a s A d ve nt r
a
’
u e

K k p s C noe
’
e u ua a

A H i sB il d e rs e au u

K h al p n Pr inc ss
a ao u a, e o f M an o a . Mrs E M . . .

N a bu i n a
 C O NTE NT S
Th e Pu n a h o u S pr i n g . M r s E M N a bu i n a
. . . .

O ah u n u i . M r s E M N a bu z na
. . .

Ah u u l a L g n d f K i k i la
: A e e o an an au an d the
Fi r s t Fe t h r C l k M E M N a e oa . rs . . . a bu in a .

Ka l a n d K ial ii : A L g n d f Lanai
a a aa e e o . W .

M Gibson
Th e To m b o f Pu u p e h e A L e g e n d o f L nai
a

Fr om Tbe H a wai i a n Ga z et t e
.

X V II A i K an a k a : A Le g n d e of M o l o k ai ‘

R ev A
F
. . . .

0 or bes.

X V III Kal iu waa cn S e e of t he De m ig d

o K am a

F
. .

Esc p fr O l o pan a Tbe

’
a
p u aa s e om . r om

H a wa ii a n Spect a t or
Ba tt l e o f t he O wl s .
y os. M . Poepoe
Th is L d an is t he Sea
’
s Trad i t i o n al Ac
H
.

c ou nt f O an An c i t en a wa i ia n Pro ph e c y .

Tr a n sl a t ed f r om M obe M a n u by Tbos G . .

Tbr u m .

XXI . K u -u l a , t h e Fi sh G od of H a wai i . Tr a nsl a t ed

f r om M obe M a n n by M K N a bu in a
. .

XXII A i i
a , S o n o f K u -u l a Pa o f t he e ge rt II L nd
Fi H
. .

O f K u -u l a , t h e sh G o d o f awa i Tr a n s i .

l a t ed f r om M obe M a n u by M K N a bu i n a . . .

XXIII . K an e a u ka i : A Lg de en o f W il
a a ua . Tbos .

G Tbr u m .

X XI V . T h e S hark -m an , N an a n e . M r s E M N ab . . .

u nai

! ! V . Fi h S t ri
s o e s an d S u pe rs t i t i ons . Tr a nsl a t ed by
M K N a bu i n a .

G L O SS A R Y
 I L LU S TRAT I O N S

HA A A N G RL OF TH E O R E E
W II I LD GIM

A L A A CA A D E
V SC

V E
I W N W A N H A V A LLE KA UA
I I I Y, I

S ENE N O LO ELE G UL H M A A EL
C I K KA U A C ,
K W I, I

T HE D EE BLUE P P OF KOOL A A LIs U

S ENE FRO
C TH E R O A D O ER N UU A N P A L
M V U I

V E OF M A NO A V A LLE O A H U
i

I W AT H TH E
‘
EA D Y,

THE FA OR T E S OR T OF S URF R D N
V I P - I I G

H A A A N ARR A E D N FE A TH ER C LO A A N D H EL ET
W II Y I K M

THE C ERE ON OF TH E HUL A

M Y

THE HUL A D A N E C

KU U M AN A ,TH E R A N G OF K I OD AU

A G H OU E OF TH E O L D EN T E
R Ass S IM

M A N R E A D TH E FE A T
KI G Y S

HA A A N F H ER A N U N TH E TH RO N
W II IS M SI G W - ET

C O A T S URF S ENE
S C
H AW A I I A N F O L K TA L ES

I
L E GE N D S RE S E M B L I N G O LD TE S TA
M E N T H I STO RY
REV . c . M . HY D E, D D
.
'

the fi r s t volume o f Judge F o r n an d e r s elaborate

I work o n “ The Polynesian Race ” he h as gi ven
’
N
'

some o l d H awaiian legends which closely resem b le

the Old Testament history H O W shall we account .

for suc h coincidences ?

Take for instance the H awau an account of the
, ,

Creation The Ka ne Kit and L on o: or Sunlight S ub

.
, , , ,

stance and S ound these constituted a triad named

, ,

Ku -Kau a -Ka /z i o r the Fundamental S upreme Unity

, .

I n wo r ship the r eve r ence due was expressed b y such

epithet s as H i ka p o l oa Oi e M o s t Excellent etc
- — -
,
-
, , .

“
These god s existed from eternity fr om and b efore ,

chaos o r as the H awaiian term exp r es s ed i t m a i ka

, , ,
‘

p o m ia
(
’
fr om the time of night da r kness chaos ) , , .

B y an act o f their will these gods di s sipated or b roke

into pieces the existing surrounding,all contai ning p o
,
-
,

nigh t or chao s
,
By thi s act light entered into space
. .

They then created the heavens th r ee i n number as a , ,

place to dwell in ; and the earth to b e their footstool ,

b e keeb i n a b onua a Ka n e Next they created the sun

.
,

I
S
I6 H AWAI I AN F O LK TA LES
moon stars and a host of angels or s pirits i leini
, , ,
—

abu a —
t o ministe r to them Last of all they created
.

man as the m odel or i n the likenes s of Kane The

, .

body of the first man was made of red earth l ep o ul a —

,

or a l aea and the spittle o f the god s wai nao H is

— —
.

head was ma de of a whitish clay p a l ol o which was — —

b r ought fr om the four ends o f the wo r ld b y Lono .

When the ea r th image of Kane was ready the thr ee

—
,

gods b r eathed into its nose and called o n it to rise , ,

and it became a living being Afterwards the first .

woman W as created fr om one of the ri b s l a l o —

u b a ka o f the man while asleep and these two were

p
—
,

the p r ogenitors of all mankind They are called i n .

the chants and i n various legends by a large num b e r

of di ff erent names ; but the most common for the man
was Ku m u h o n u a and for the woman K e o l ak u h o n u a
,

[ o r L a la/ z onn a
]
O f the creation of animal s these chants a r e silent ;
but fr om the pure t r aditio n it may be infe r red that the
earth at the time o f its c r eation o r eme rgence fr om the
wate r y chaos was stocked with vegetable and animal .

The animals s pecially mentioned in the t r adition as

having been created by Kane were hogs ( puaa) dogs ,

o) liza r ds or reptiles ( m oo)

( i l i ,
.

“
Anothe r legend of the series th at of W el a a/z i-l ani ,
-
,

s tates that afte r Kane had dest r oyed the world by fi r e ,

o n account of the wickedness of the people then liv

ing h e o r ganized i t as i t n o w is and c r eated the fi r s t
, ,

man and the first wo m an wi t h the as sistance o f Ku

‘

and Lo no nea r ly in the same manner as narrated in

,

the forme r legend o f Ku m u h o n u a I n thi s legend the .

 LEGE N D S AN D H I S TO R Y I
7
man is called Wela ahi lani and the woman - —
,
is called
”
O we .

O f the p r imeval home the original ancest r al seat o f ,

mankind H awaiian t r aditions speak i n highe s t p rai se

, .

“
I t had a number o f names of various meanings ,

though the most gene r ally occu rr ing and said to be ,

the O ldest was Ka l ana i b au ol a ( Kalana with the

,
— — -

life giving dew) I t was situated in a la r ge count r y

-
.
,

d r continent variously called i n the legend s K ahik i

,

b onua kele K ahik i k u Kapa kapa n a a Kane M olo

—
,
—
,
- — - —
,

lani Among other names fo r the p r ima r y homestead

.
,

o r pa r adis e are P a l i n l i ( the blue mountain )

,
-
,

A i na i ka ka up o o Ka ne ( the land i n the heart o f

- — - - -

Kane) A in a wa i a kua a Ka ne ( the land o f the d i v ine

,
-‘ - - -

water o f Kane) The tradition say s o f Pali uli that i t

.
-
,

was a sa c r ed t ab o o e d l an d ; that a man mu s t be r ight

,

c o n s to attai n it ; if faulty or si nful he will n o t get

the r e ; if he looks b ehind he will not get the r e ; if

he pr e fers his family he will not enter Pali uli - .

Among other adornments of th e Polynesian Para

di s e the Kalana i hau o l a the r e g r ew the Ul u leap u a
,
- - -
,

Ka n e t h e breadfruit ta b ooed fo r Kane and the ob i a

, ,

b em ol el e the sacred apple t r ee

,
The p r ie s ts of the - .

olden time are s aid to have held that the tabooed

fr uits of these tree s were i n some manner connected
with the troubl e and death of K u m u h o n u a and Lala
h o n u a the first man and the first woman
,
H ence i n .

the ancient chants h e is called Kane l aa u li Kam a a l l - -

,
-
,

Ku l u ip o the fallen chie f he who fell o n accou nt o f the

-
, ,

tree or names of s imilar i mpo r t

, .

According to those legends of Ku m u h o n u a and

 H AWAI I AN FO L K TA LES
'

IS

“
Wela ahi lani at the time when the gods created the
- -
,

sta r s they also c r eated a multitude o f angel s o r spirits

, ,

( l b ) w h o were not created like men but

'

i ei n z a u a , ,

made fr om the spittle o f the gods ( i buba ia ) to b e ,

thei r servants o r m essengers These spirits or a num .

,

b er o f them di s obeye d and revolted b ecause they

, ,

were denied the a re a ; which means that they were not

pe r mitted t o be worshipped a wa being a sacrificial ,

o ff e r ing and sign o f worship These evil spirits did .

n o t p r evail howe v er but were conquered b y Kane

, , ,

and th r ust down i nto utte r most darkness ( i l al o l oa i

ka p o) The chief of the s e spi r its was called b y some
.

K a n al o a by others Milu t h e rule r o f P0 ; Akua i no ;

, ,

Kupu i n o the evil spi r it O ther legends however

, .
, ,

state that the ve r itable and p r imordial lord of the

H awaiian inferno was calle d M anua The i nferno .

i tself bo r e a number of names such as P o pau ole ,

- -
,

Po kua kini P o kini kini P o papa ia owa Po ia milu

- -
,
- -
,
- - -
,
- - .

Milu according t o those other legends was a chief of

, ,

supe r ior wickednes s o n earth who was thrust down i nto

Po but wh o was really both inferior and p osterio r t o
,

M anua Thi s infe r no this P0 with many names

.
, , ,

o ne o f which remarkably enough was Ke p o l ua a/zi the - - -

,

pi t o f fire was not an entirely dark place There was

,
.

light o f some kind and there was fire The legends fur .

the r tell us that When Kane Ku and Lono were creating , ,

-

the fi r s t man fr om the ea r th K an al o a was present and , ,

in imitation o f Kane attempted to make anothe r man ,

o u t o f the ea r th When his clay m odel was ready he

.
,

called t o it to become alive but no life came to ,

Then K an al o a became ve r y ang r y and said to K a ,

20 H AWAI I AN F O LK TAL E S
which prope r ly speaking is that of Paao the high
, , ,

p r iest wh o came with Pili fr om Tahiti about twenty ,

fi v e gene r ations ago and was a reformer of the H awaiian

,

p r iesthood and among whose descendants it has b een

,

preserved counts o nly twelve generations fr om Ku

,

m u h o n u a to Nuu on the line of Kapili youngest s o n

, ,

of Ku m u h o n u a
“
I n the H awa i i an g r oup there are several legends
of the Flood O ne legend relates that i n the time of
.

Nuu or Nana nuu ( al s o p r onounced l a na that is

,
-
, ,

floating) the flood Ka ia ba bi nal i i came upon the

, , ,

earth and destroyed all living beings ; that N uu by

, ,

command o f h is god built a la r ge ve s sel with a house ,

o n t o p o f it which was called and is refe r red to i n

,

chant s as H e wa a ba la u A l ii o é a M o/eu the royal

‘
,
’

ves s el i n which he and his family con s i s ting o f his

, ,

wife Lil i n o e his three sons and thei r wives were

, , ,

saved When the flood sub sided Kane Ku and

.
, , ,

Lono ente r ed the wa a b ala a of Nuu and told hi m to ,

go out H e did s o and found himself o n the top o f

.
,

Ma u na Kea ( the highest mountain o n the i sland o f

H awaii ) H e called a cave the r e afte r the n ame of his
.

wife and the cave remains the r e to thi s day as the

,
—

legend say s i n te s timony of the fact Othe r ve r sions .

of the legend s ay that Nuu landed and dwelt i n

”
K a h i k i h o n u a kele a la r ge and extensive country
- —
,
.

“
Nuu left the ves s el in the evening of the day
and took with him a pig cocoanuts and a wa as an , ,

o ffering t o the g o d Kane As he looked up he s aw .

the moon i n the s k y H e thought i t was the god .

,

saying to himself You are Kane no doubt though ,

‘
, ,
 LEGEN D S AN D H I STO RY 21

you have transformed yourself t o my sight So he .

’

wo r shipped the moon and o ff ered his o ff erings

, .

The n Kane descended on the rai nbow and spoke

reprovingly to Nuu but on account of the mi s take
,

Nuu escaped punishment having asked pardo n of ,

“
Kane . N u u s three sons were Nalu ak c a
’
-
,

Nalu hoo hua and Nalu mana mana I n the tenth

- -
-
,
- - .

g eneratio n fr om Nuu arose Lua nuu or the second -

,

Nuu known also in the legend as Kane hoa lani

,
- -
,

Ku p u l e and other names

, The legend adds that b y
.

command o f his god he was the first to introduce cir

cu m c i s i o n t o be pract i sed among hi s descendants He .

left his native home and moved a long way o ff u ntil

he reached a land called H o n u a ilalo the southern -
,
‘

country . H ence he got the nam e Lalo kona and

’
—
,

his wif e was called H o n u a p o ilalo H e was the - - .

father of K u nawao b y his slave woman Ahu ( O ahu )

- - -

and o f Kalani m enehu ne by his wife M ee -hewa A n

-
,
.

other says that the g o d Kane o r dered Lua nuu to go -

up o n a m ountain and perform a sacrifice there Lua .

nuu looked among the mountains of K ahik i k u but -

,

none of them appeared suitable fo r the purpose Then .

Lua nuu inquired o f God whe r e he might find a

-

prope r place God replied to him : G o travel to the

.
‘

eastward and where you find a sharp peaked hill pro

,
-

j e ct i n
g precipitously i nto the ocean that is the hill for ,

the sacrifice Then Lua nuu and his so n Ku p u l u

.
’
-
,

pulu a Nuu and his servant Pili lua nuu started o ff

- —
, ,
- —
,

in thei r b oat to the eastward I n rememb r ance of this.

event the H awaiians called the back of K u al o a Koo

l au ; Oahu ( after o n e of Lua n u u s names ) Kane-b oa
’
-
,
22 H AWAI I AN FO LK TAL E S
l a ni ; and the smaller hills i n front of it were named
Kup u p u l u and P i l i l na n na
- Lua nuu is the tenth
— -
.
-

descendant from Nuu by both the oldest and the

youngest of N u u s so ns This oldest so n is r e p r e
’
.

sented t o have been the progenitor of the Ka na ka

m a ol i ,
the people living o n the mainland of Kane
( A i )
na bu m up n a a a Ka ne : the youngest was the progen

it o r of the white people ( ka p oe leeo keo m a ol i ) This .

Lua nuu ( like A b raham the tenth from N oah also

-
, ,

like Ab r aham ) through his g r an d son Kini lau a

, ,
- -

mano became the ancesto r of the twelve children o f

,

the latter and the original founder o f the M enehune

,

people from whom this legend makes the Polynesian

,

family descend .

The Rev Sheldo n D ibble in his history of the

.
,

S andwich I slands publi s hed at Lahainaluna in 1 8 43

, , ,

give s a t r adition which ve r y much re s embles the his

tory o f Joseph “
W ai k e l e n u iaik u was one o f ten
.

b r ethren who had one sister They we r e all the .

child r en o f o n e fathe r whose name was Waiku Wai ,

.

k e l e n u iai k u was much beloved by his fathe r but his ,

b r eth r en hated him O n account o f thei r hatred they

. ,

carried him and ca s t hi m into a pit belonging to H ol

o n ae o l e The oldest brother had pity o n him and
.
,

gave charge to H o l o n ae o l e to take good ca r e of him .

W ai k e l e n u iaik u escaped and fled t o a country over

which reigned a king whose name was Kam o h o alii .

The r e he was th r own i nto a da r k place a pit un der ,

g r ound i n which many pe r s ons were confined for

,

v a r ious c r ime s Whil s t confined i n this da r k place

.

he told his companion s to dream d r eams and tell

 LEG E N D S AN D H I S TO RY 23

them to him The night following four o f the pris

.

o ners had dreams The firs t dreamed that he saw a

- .

ripe obia ( native apple ) and his s p Ir It ate it ; the second

,

dreamed that he saw a ripe banana and his spiri t ate ,

it ; the third dreamed that he saw a hog and his spirit ,

ate it ; and the fourth dreamed that he s aw a wa ,

pressed out the juice and his spirit drank it The

“

, .

first three dreams pertaining to food W ai k e l e n u iaik u

, ,

i nte r preted unfavorably and told the dreamers they

,

mus t prepare to die The fourth d r eam pertaining

.
,

t o drink he interpreted to signi fy deliverance and life

, .

The first three dreamers were slain accord ing to the

i nterpretation and the fourth was delive r ed and saved
, .

Afterward this last dreamer told K am o h o al ii the ,

king of the land h o w wonderful was the skill of Wai

,

k e l e n ui ai k u i n i nterpreting dreams and the king sent ,

and delivered him from p rison and made him a prin

”
ci al chief i n hi s kingdom
p .

Judge F o r n an de r alludes to this legend giving the ,

name however A ukel enui a Ikn and adding to it

, ,
— -
,

the account of the hero s j ourney to the place where

’

the water of life was kep t ( ba wai ol a l oa a Kane) his - - — - -

,

o b taining i t and therewith resuscitating his brothers ,

who had bee n killed by drowning some years before .

Another striking similarity is that furnished to Judge

“
F o r n an d e r i n the legend o f Ke a l ii wa b a nui : H e - — -

was king of the count r y called H o n u a i lalo H e - —

.

oppressed the M enehune people Their god Kane .

sent Kane apua and K an e l o a his elder broth e r t o

-
, ,

b ring the people away and take them t o the land ,

which Kane had give n them and which was called ,

24 H AWAI I AN F O LK TA LES
Ka a ina m om on a a Ka ne, or Ka one l a n ena a Ka ne,
and also Ka a i n a t lea b aap o a Kan e The people
’

we r e then told to ob s e r ve the fou r K u day s in the

beginning of the month as Kap u b oa n o ( sac r ed or holy -

days ) i n remembrance of this event because they

, ,

thus arose ( Kit ) to depa r t fr om that land Thei r o ff er .

ings o n the occa s i on were swine and goats The na r .

rator of the legend explains that fo r me r ly the r e were

goat s without ho r ns called m a l ai l aa o n the slope s
, ,

of M au na L o a o n H awaii and that they were found ,

there up to the time o f Kamehameha I The .

legend fu r ther relates that afte r leavi ng the land

of H o n u al al o the people ca m e t o the Ka i u l a a Ka ne
,
- — -

( the Red Sea o f Kane ) ; that they we r e pur s ued by

K e alii waha nui ; that Kane apua and K an al o a prayed
- - - -

to Lono and finally r eached the A ina l a u ena a

,

Ka ne .

“
I n the famous H awaiian legend o f s a ka i bea - -

ol i o P el e it is said that when H i i ak a went to the

p
— -
,

i s land o f Kauai t o recover and r esto r e to life the body

o f L o h iau the lover o f he r siste r Pele sh e arrived at
, , ,

the foot of the K al al au M ountai n s ho r tly befo r e su n

set . Being told by her fr iends at H aena that there
would not be daylight su ffi cient t o climb the p a l i
( p r ecipice ) and get the body o u t o f the cave i n which

i t was hidden s h e p r ayed to he r gods t o keep the su n

,

s tationary
( i lea m u l l o H ea
) over the b r oo k H ea until ,

s h e had accompli s hed h e r obj ect The prayer was .

heard the mountai n was climbed the gua r dians o f the

, ,
”
cave vanqui s hed and th e body r ecove r ed
,
.

A sto r y o f retarding the su n and making the day

 LEGE N D S AN D H I STO RY 2
5
longer to accomplish his purpose is told of M aui a -

kalana according to Dibble s history

,
’
.

Judge F o r n an d e r alludes to o n e other legend with

i ncidents similar to the Old Testament history wherein
“
Na ula a M ai n ea an O ahu prophet left Oahu for
— — -
, ,

Kauai was up s et I n h is canoe was swallowed b y a

, ,

w h ale and thrown up alive o n the beach at Wailua

, ,
”
Kauai .

Judge F o r n an d e r says that when he first heard the

,

legend of the two b r othe r prophets delivering the

“
M enehu ne people he was inclined t o doubt its
,

genuineness and to consider it as a paraphrase or adap

t at i o n o f the B iblical account by some semi civilized -

o r semi Ch r istianized H awaiian after the discovery of

-
,

the g r oup by Captain Cook But a larger and better .

acq uaintance with H awaiian folk lore has s hown that -

though the details of the lege nd as interpreted by t h e ,

Ch r istian H awaiian from whom it was received may ,

possi b ly i n some deg r ee and u nconsciously to h im

, ,

perhap s have received a Biblical coloring yet the main

, ,

facts o f t he legend with the identical names of persons

,

and places are refe rr ed to more or less distinctly in

,

other legend s o f undoubted antiquity And the Rev . .

Mr Dibble in his history s ays o f these H awaiian

.
, ,

legend s that they were told t o the missionaries b efore

“
,

the Bi b le was t r anslated into the H awaiian to n gue and ,

befo r e the people knew much of sacred history The .

native W h o acted as assistant in t r anslating the history

of Josep h was forcibly st r uck with i ts similarit y to their
ancient tra dition N either is there the least ro om fo r
.

supposing that the songs referred to are recent i n ve n

26 H AWAI I AN FO LK TALES
tions They can all b e t r aced b ack for generations
.
,

and are known by variou s persons residing on di ff erent

island s who have had no communication with e ach
other Some of them hav e their date i n the reign
.

of some ancient king and others have existed time

,

out of mind I t may also be added that both their

.
,

narrations and songs are known the b est by the very

oldest of the people and tho s e wh o never learned to
,

read ; whose educatio n and training were under the

”
ancient system of heathenism .

“
Two hypotheses says Judge F o r n an d e r may
, ,

with s ome plausibility be suggested to account for this

remarkable resem b lance of folk-lore O ne is that .
,

during the time of the Spanish galleon trade i n the ,

si x teenth and seventeenth centuries between the ,

Spanish Main and Manila some shipwrecked people, ,

S paniards and Portuguese had o b tained su ffi cient

,

influence t o i n t r o du ce these scraps o f Bible history into

the legendary lore of this people O n this .

fact h yp othesis I rema r k that if the shipwrecked ,

foreigners were educated men or only possessed of such ,

Scriptural knowledge as was then imparted to the com

m o n al i t
y of laymen it is,
morally impossible to conceive
that a Spaniard of the sixteenth century should confine
his i nstruction to some of the leading events of the
Old Testament and be totally silent upo n the Chris
,

tian dispensation and the c ru cio l at r y mariolatry and

, , ,

hagiolatry of that day And it is equally impossible

.

to conceive that the H awaiian listene r s chiefs priests , , ,

or commone r s should have retai ned and incorporated

,

s o much of the former i n thei r own folk lore and yet -

,
28 H AWAI I AN FO LK TALE S
I srael or Judah the r e is the more special reaso n to be
,

added that the organization and splendor o f $ 0 10

mon s empire his temple and his wisdom became pro
’

, ,

v e r b i al among the nations of the E ast subsequent

to his time ; o n all these the Polynesian legends are ,

”
absolutely s ilent .

I n commenting o n the legend of H i ia ka i ka p ol i o - — - -

“
P el e Judge F o r n an d e r says :
,
I f the H ebrew legend
of Joshua or a Cushite versio n give ri s e to it it only ,

brings down the community of legends a little later in

time And so would the legend of N a u l u a M a b ea
.
- -
,

unless the legend o f Jo nah with which i t corre ,

s o n d s in a mea s u r e as well as the previous legend o f

p ,

Joshua and the su n we r e H ebrew anachronisms com

,

piled and adapted in later time s fr om long antecedent

mate r ial s o f which the Polynesian r efe r ences are b ut
,

broken and disto r ted echoes bits of legenda r y mo s aics , ,

di splaced from thei r o r iginal surroundings and made

”
to fit with late r associations .

I n rega r d to the account of the Creatio n he remarks ,

that the H e br ew legend infe r s that the g o d E lohim

“

existed contemporaneously with and apa r t fr om the

chaos The H awaiian legend makes the th r ee great
.

gods Kane K u and Lono evolve themselves out of

, , , ,

chao s . The o r der of creation according to H awaiian ,

folk lore was that after H eaven and ea r th had been

-
,

sepa r ated and the ocean had been stocked with its ani
,

mals the sta r s were c r eated the n the moon then the
, , ,
”
su n . Alluding to the fact that the account in Gene
sis is t r ue r to natu r e Judge F o r n an d e r neve r theless
,

propounds the inqui r y whether thi s fact may not

 LE GEN D S AN D H I S TO RY 2
9
indicate that the H ebrew te x t i s a later emendation
”
of an older but o nce common tradition ?
H ighest antiquity is claimed for H awa i i an tradi ~

trons I n regard to events subsequent to the c r eatio n of

man .
“
I n one o f the sac r ificial hymn s of the M ar
q u e s an s
,
when human V ictims were O ff ered fr equent ,

allusions were made to the red apples eaten i n N ao au

‘
,
’

and to the ta b ooed apples of Atea as the cause

‘
,
’

o f death wa r s pestilence fami ne and othe r calamities

, , , , ,

only to b e averted o r atoned for hy the sacrifice of ‘

human V ictims The close connectio n be tween the

.

H awaiian and the M arquesan legends i ndicates a

common origin and that origi n can b e no othe r than
,

that from which the Chaldean and H ebre w legends of

”
sac r ed trees disobedience and fall al s o sprang
, ,
In .

\ “
com pariso n of the H awaiian myth o f K an al o a as a
fallen angel antagoni s tic to the great gods as the ,

spirit o f evil and death i n the world the H ebrew ,

legends are more vague and indefinite as to the e x ist

ence o f an evil p r inciple The serpent of Genesis
.
,

the Satan o f Job the H illel o f I saiah the drago n o f

, ,

the Apocalypse all point howeve r to the same

—
, ,

underlying idea that the first cau s e o f sin death evil , , ,

and cala m ities was to be fou nd i n disobedience and

,

revolt from God Th ey appea r as disconnected scenes

.

of a once g r and d r ama that i n olde n times riveted the

.

attention of mankind and o f which strange to say

, , ,

the cleare s t synop s is and the most coherent r eco l l e c

tion are s o far to b e found i n Polynesian t r aditions
, ,
.

I t is probably i n vai n to inquire with whom the legend

of an evil spirit and his ope r ations i n H eaven and o n
30 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALE S
earth had its o r igin N otwithstanding the apparent
.

unity of design and remarkable coincidence in many

points yet the di ff erences i n coloring detail and
, , ,

p r esentation are to o great to suppose the legend bor

rowed by o ne from either o f the othe r s I t probably
.

descended to the Chaldeans Polynesians and H e

, ,

brews alike from a source o r people ante r io r to them

,
”
selves o f whom histo r y n o w is silent
, .
 II
”

E ! PLO I TS O F M AU I
R EV . A O . . F O R BE S
I. S NAR I N G TH E S U N

AU I was the son o f H ina lau ae and H ina and - -

,

they dwelt at a place called M ak al ia above ,

Kahakuloa o n West Maui Now his mother H i na

, .
-
,

made kap as And as s h e spread them out to d r y

.
,

the days we r e s o short that she was put t o great

x

t r o u bl e and labor i n hanging them o u t and taking

them in day after day u ntil they were d r y M aui .

,

seeing this was filled with pity fo r h er for the days

, ,

were s o short that no sooner had s h e got her kapas

,

all spread o u t to d r y than the Sun went down and

, ,

s h e had to take them i n again S o he determined to .

make the Sun go slower H e first went to W ail o h i .

,

in H am ak u a o n East Maui to observe the motions

, ,

of the S un The r e he saw that it r ose toward H ana

. .

H e then went up o n H aleakala and saw that th e S u n ,

i n its course came directly over that mountain

-

He .

then went home again and after a fe w days went t o a

,

place called Pae l o k o at Waihee There he cu t down

, .

all the cocoanut t r ees and gathered the fibre of the

—
,

cocoanut hu s ks i n great quantity This he manu .

fact u r e d into strong cord O ne M oemoe seeing this

.
, ,

3 1
3 2 HAWAI I A N F O LK TALES
said tauntingly to him : Thou wilt neve r catch the
“

S un Thou art an idle nobody

. .

“
M aui an swered : When I conquer my enemy and ,
”
my desire is attained I will be your death , S O he .

we n t up H aleakala again taking his co r d with him,

.

And when the Sun a r ose above whe r e he was S t a

t i o n e d he prepared a noose o f the co r d and casting
, ,

it snared one of the Sun s large r beams and broke it

,
’

o ff . And thus he sna r ed and b r oke o ff one afte r ,

anothe r all the st r o ng rays of the Sun

, .

Then s houted he exultingly : Thou a r t my cap

“

”
tive and n o w I will kill thee fo r thy going s o swiftly
, .

And the S un s aid : Let me live and thou s halt s e e

“
,

me go mo r e slowly hereafte r Behold ha s t thou no t .

,

broken o ff all my strong legs and left me o nly the ,

weak ones ?
So the agreement was made and M aui pe r mitted ,

the Sun to pu r s ue i t s cou r s e and fr om that time o n i t

,

went more s lowly ; and that is the r ea s on why the

day s a r e longe r at one season o f the yea r t h an at
anothe r I t was this that gave the name t o that
.

mountain which should p r ope r ly be called A l eb e ba l a

,
- —

su n sna r er and not H

( ) ,
a l ea ka l a .

When M aui returned fr om thi s exploit he went t o ,

find M oemoe who had r eviled him But that i ndivid

,
.

ual was not at home H e went o n in h is pu r suit till

.

he came upon him at a place called K awai o p il o p il o ,

o n the s ho r e to the ea s twa r d of the black r ock called

K e k aa north o f Lahaina
,
M oemoe dodged him up
.

hill and down until at last Maui g r owing w r oth

, , ,

leaped upon and s lew the fugiti ve And the dead .

 E ! PLO I TS OF M AU I 33
body was transformed into a long rock which is there ,

to this day by the side o f th e road

,
.

II .
— TH E O R I G I N O F F I RE
M aui and H ina dwelt to g ether and to them were ,

b orn four sons whose names were M aui mua Maui

,
-
,

hope Maui k iik ii and M aui o k a lana These four

,
—
,
- — -
.

were fishermen O ne morning just as the edge

.
,

of the Su n lifted itself up M aui mua roused his ,

—

b rethren to go fishing So they launched their canoe

.

from the beach at Kaupo o n the i s land of M aui , ,

where they were dwelling a n d proceeded to the fi sh ,

ing ground H aving arrived there they were begin

.
,

ning to fi s h when M aui o k a la na saw the light of a

,
- - -

fire o n the shore they had l eft and said to his breth ,

“
ren : Behold there is a fire burning Whose can
, .

”
this fire b e ?
“
And they answered : Whose indeed ? Let us ,

return t o the shore that we may get our food cooked ;

,
”
but first let us get some fish .

So after they had O b tained s ome fish they turned

, ,

toward the shore ; and wh en the canoe touched the

b each Maui mua leaped asho r e and ran towa r d the spot
-

where the fire had been bu r ning N ow the cu r ly .

,

tailed a l a e ( mud hen s) were the keepers o f the fire ;

-

and when they s aw him coming they scratched the fire

out and fl e w away Maui mua was defea ted and .
-
,

returned to the house to his brethren .

Then said they to h i m : H O W about the fire ?

“
H ow i ndeed ? he answe r ed
,
“
Whe n I g o t there .
,

b ehold there was no fire ; it was out I supposed

, .
34 H AWAI I AN F O LK TAL E S
some m an had the fire and behold , it was not s o ; the ,

alae are the proprietors of the fire and our bananas ,

”
are all stolen .

When they heard that they were filled with anger , ,

and decided not to go fishing agai n but to wait for ,

the nex t appearance of the fire But after many days .

had passed without their seeing the fire they went fi sh ,

ing again and behold there was the fire And so they
, ,

were continually tantalized O nly when they were out .

fishing would the fire appear and when they returned ,

they could n o t find it .

This was the way of it The curly tailed alae knew .

-

that Maui and H ina had only these fou r sons and if ,

any of them stayed o n shore to watch the fire while

the others were out i n the canoe the alae knew it b y
counting those i n th e canoe and would n o t light the ,

fire Only when they could count four men i n the

.

canoe would they l ight the fire So M aui mua thought .

-

it over and said to his brethren

,
To mor r o w morning —

do y ou go fishing and I will stay asho r e But do you

, .

take the calabash and d r ess i t i n kapa and put it in my ,

place in the canoe and then go out to fish , .

They did so and when they went out to fi s h the next

,

mo r ning the alae counted and saw four fi g u r es in the

,

canoe and then they lit the fire and put the bananas
,

o n to roast Before they we r e fully baked o n e o f the

.

“
alae cried out Our dish is cooked ! Behold H ina
5
,

has a s mart s o n .

And with that Maui mua who had stolen close t o

,
-
,

them unpe r ceived leaped fo r wa r d seized the cu r ly

, ,

tailed alae and exclaimed : N o w I will kill you y ou

“
,
 PE LE AN D T H E D E LU G E
R EV . A O . . F OR B E S
L L volcanic phenomena are associated i n H awai
ia n legendary lo r e with the goddess Pele ; and it
is a somewhat curious fact that to the same celebrated
personage is also attributed a great flood that occurred
in ancient times The legends of this flood are vari
.

o u s but mainly connected with the doings of Pele in

,

this pa r t of the Pacific O cean The story runs thus : .

K ahi n alii was the mother of Pele ; K an e h o al an i was

he r father ; and her t wo b r othe r s were Ka m o h o alii and
K ahu il ao k al a n i . Pele was bo r n in the land o f H apa
k u e l a a fa r di s tant land at the edge o f the s k y toward
,
—
,

the southwest . There s he lived wi th he r parents

until s h e was g r own up when s h e mar r ied W ah ial o a ;
,

and to these we r e born a daughte r named Laka and a ,

s o n named M enehu ne But after a time Pele s hus ’

.

band W ahial o a was enticed away from her by Pele

, ,

k u m u l an i
. The deserted Pele being much di s pleased ,

and t r oubled i n mind o n account of her husband ,

s tarted o n he r t r avels i n search of him and came i n ,

the di r ectio n of the H awaiian I slands N o w at that .

,

time the s e i sland s we r e a va s t waste The r e was no .

sea,
n o r was there any fr esh water When Pele set .

3 6
 PE LE A N D T H E D E LU GE 37
ou t o n her j ou r ney her parents gave her the sea to go ,

wi t h he r and b ear her canoe s onwa r d So s h e sailed .

forward flood borne b y the s ea until s h e reached the

,
-
,

land of Pak u e l a and thence o nward t o the land o f ,

Kan al o a From he r head s h e poured forth the se a as

.

she went and her brothers composed the celebrated

,

ancient mele
O th th g t ! e se a, e rea se a

F th b t t h or ur s s e se a

B h ld it b t K l ! e o , u r s s on an a o a

But the waters o f the se a co ntinued to rise until only

the highest points of the great mountain s H aleakala , ,

M au n ak e a and M au naloa we r e visible ; all else was

, ,

covered Afterwa r d the se a receded until i t reached

.

its present level Thi s event is called the Ka i a Kabi

“

na l i i
( S ea of K ahin al aa
)
‘

because it was fr om Kahi ,

n al ii he r m othe r that Pele received the gift o f the s e a

, , ,

and s h e herself o nly brought it to H awaii .

And fr om that time to thi s Pele and all her family ,

forsook thei r former land o f H ap ak u e l a and have

dwelt i n H awaii nei Pele coming fi r st and the rest -
,

follo wing at a late r time .

O n h e r first a r rival at H awau nei Pele dwelt o n the -

,

island of Kauai From there she went t o Kalaupapa .

,
1

o n the i s land o f M olokai and dwelt i n the c r ate r o f ,

K au h ak o at that place ; thence s h e departed to Puu

laina near Lahainaluna where s h e dug o u t that c r a
,
2
,

ter Afterward she moved still fu r ther to Haleakala

.
,

N w h L epe S ettl e e t
1 o t e r m n

h g e h th f L h i l S h l
.

Th bil l vi i bl e f
2 e h L h i s r om t e a a n a an c or a to t e n or o a a n a un a c oo ,

and e i
n ar t o t.
3s H AWAI I AN F O LK TA LES
where s h e stayed u ntil she hollowed out that great
crater ; and finally s h e settled at Kilauea on the isla n d ,

o f H awaii where she has remained ever since

, .

It i
1
li ttl e e k b l e th t h p g e f P el e t ted i th i t diti
g ee with ge l gi l b e v ti i l ti g h e l ie t v l i ti i thi g p
s not a r m ar a a t e r o r ss o ,
as s a n s ra on ,

a r s o o ca o s r a on n oca n t e ar s o can c ac on n s ro u

h i l d f K i d h l te t h i l d f H w ii T l
,

on t e s an o aua , an t e a s , on t e s an o a a . r a n s a t or .
 PE L E AN D KA H AW A LI

F ROM E LL I S S TO U R O F H A W A
’
“ II

the reign of an ancient king of

I H awaII Kahawal i chief of Puna and one o f his
N K e al u k u k u ,
, , ,

favorite companio ns went one day to amuse them

selves W ith the b ol ua ( sled) o n the sloping side of a ,

hill which i s still called lea bol ua a n a o Ka na wa l i

,

( h w sliding place ) Vast numbers o f the

’
K a a ali s -
.

eO l e gathe r ed at the b ottom of the hill to witne s s

p p
the game and a company of musician s and dance r s
,

repaired thither to add to the amusement o f the

spectators The performe r s began their dance and
.
,

amidst the sound o f drums and th e songs o f the

musicians the sledding of K ah awal i and his companio n
commenced The hilarity of the occasion attracted
.

the attentio n o f Pele the goddess o f the volcano , ,

who cam e down from Kilauea to witness the sport .

Standing o n the summit of the hill i n the form o f a

woman s he challe n ged Kah awali t o slide with her
, .

H e accepted the o ff e r and they set o ff together down

,

the hill Pe l e less acquainted with the a r t o f balan e

.
,

ing herself o n the narrow sled than he r r ival was ,

beaten and K ah awal i was applauded by the s pectators

,

as he returned up the side of the hill .

39
40 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALES
Befo r e starting again Pele asked him to give her ,

his p ap a bol na but he supposing fr om h e r appearance

, ,

that s h e was no more than a native woman said : ,

“
d ol e! ( no ) Are you my wife that you s hould obtain
'
,

my sled ? And as if impatient at being delayed he

, ,

adj usted his papa ran a fe w ya r d s to take a spring

, ,

and then with thi s momentum and all his strength

,

he threw himself upo n it and sho t down the hill .

Pele i ncen s ed at his an s wer stamped her foot o n

, ,

the g r ound and an earthquake followed which rent the ,

hill i n su nde r She called and fire and liquid lava

.
,

a r ose and assuming he r supe r natu r al form with these

, , ,

irresistible ministe r s of vengeance s h e followed down ,

the hill When K ah awal i reached the bottom he

.
,

a r ose and o n looking behind s aw Pele accompanied

, ,

by thu nde r and lightning earthquake and streams ,

.
,

o f bu r ning lava closely pur suing him H e took up

, ,

his broad spear which he had s t uck i n the ground

at the beginning of the game and accompanied by his , ,

fr iend fled for his life The musicians dancers and

, .
, ,

c r owd s o f s pectators we r e instantly overwhelmed by

the fiery torrent which bearing on its fo r emost wave
, ,

the enraged goddes s co ntin u ed to pursue K ah awali

,

and his companion They ran till they came to an

.

eminence called Pu u k ea H e r e K ahawal i threw

.

o ff his cloak o f netted k i leave s and proceeded towa r d

his house which stood nea r the sho r e H e m et his

, .

favo r ite pig and saluted it by touching no s e s then ran ,

to the hou s e o f h is mother who li ved at Ku k ii , ,

saluted her by touching noses and said : A l oha i n o oe “

, ,

e z a i b onei p a b a o e e m a ke a i b e a i m a i n az P el e Com
' ’

, ( .
42 H AWAI I AN F O LK TAL E S
ing they mov ed o n to M olokai thence to Oahu the
, ,

abode of K o l o n o h ail aau his father and K an ewa

, ,

h i n e k e ah o his sister to whom he related his disastrous

, ,

perils and with whom he took up his perma

,

nent abode .
 H I K U AN D KAW E LU
J
. s . E MER SON
O T far from the summit of H u al al ai on the ,

island o f H awaii in th e cave o n the southern

'

side o f the ridge lived H ina and her son the leup aa
, , ,

or demigod H iku All his life long as a child and

, .

a youth H iku had lived alone with his mother o n

,

this mountai n summit and had neve r once b een

,

perm i tted to descend t o the plains b elow to s e e the

abodes o f men and to learn of their ways Fro m time .

to time his quic k ear had caught the sound of th e d is

,

tant b ul a ( drum ) and the voices o f the gay merrymake r s .

Often had he wished t o se e the fair form s o f those who

danced and sang i n those fa r o ff cocoanu t grove s But
—
.

his mother more experienced i n the ways of t he world

, ,

h ad neve r given her consent N o w at length he felt

.
, ,

that he was a man an d as the sounds o f mirth arose

,

o n his ears agai n he asked his mother to let him go

,

for him self and mingle with the people o n the shore .

H is mother seeing that his mind was made up t o go

, ,

reluctantly gave her consent and warned him not to

stay t o o long b ut to re t u rn i n good time So taking
, .
,

in h is hand his faithful a r row P et a N e which he , ,

alway s carried he started O ff

, .

43
44 H AW A I I AN FO LK TALE S
This arrow was a sort of talisman possessed of mar ,

v e l l o u s powe r s among which were the ability to answer

,

his call and by its fl ight to direct his j ourney .

Thus he descended over the rough clinker lava and

through the g r oves of koa that cover the southwestern
flank of the mountain until nea r i ng its ba s e he sto od
, , ,

o n a distant hill ; and consulting his a r row he shot it ,

far i nto the ai r watching its bi r d like flight until it

,
-

struck o n a distant hill above Kailua To this hill he .

rapidly directed his steps and picking up his arrow in

‘

, ,

due time he again shot it into the ai r The seco nd

, .

flight landed the arrow nea r the coast o f H olualoa

some six
,

or eight miles south o f Kailua I t st r uck o n a .

barren waste o f p a lz oe/zoe o r lava rock beside the water

, ,

hole of W a ika l a i known also as the W a i a H iku

,

( Wate r o f H iku ) where,

to this day all the people
of that V icinity go to get their wate r for man and
b east .

H ere he quenched his thi r st and nea r ing the village,

of H olualoa again shot the a r row w h ich i nstinct wi th

, , ,

life en tered the courtyard o f the a lii o r chief o f Kona

, , , ,

and fr om among the women who were there s ingled

out the fair p r incess Kawelu and landed at he r feet , .

Seeing the noble bearing of H iku as he app r oached to

claim his a r row she stealthily hid it and challenged him
,

to find it Then H ik u called t o the ar r ow P u a n e ’

.
“
,
.

” ”
P u a n e l and the ar r ow replied “
N e ! thu s revealing,

its hiding place -

.

Thi s e x ploit with the ar r ow and the rema r kable

grace and p e r s onal beauty o f the young man quite wo n
the hea r t of the p r ince s s and s h e was soon posse s sed
,
 H I KU AN D KAWE LU 45

b y a strong passio n for him and dete r mined to make ,

him her husband .

With her wily arts she detained him for several days
at her home and when at last he was a b out to start fo r
,

the mountain she shut him up i n the house and thus

,

detained him by force But t h e wo r ds of his mother .

,

warning him not t o remain too long came to his mind , ,

and he determined to b reak away fr om his prison .

S o he clim b ed up t o the roof and r emoving a portio n ,

of the thatch made his escape , .

When h is flight was di s cove r ed by Kawelu the i n ,

fat u at e d gi r l was distracted with grie f Refusing t o be .

comfo r ted s he tasted n o food and ere many days had

, ,

passed was quite dead M essengers we r e de s patched .

who brought b ack the u nhappy H iku author of all ,

this sorrow Bitte r ly he wept over the corps e o f his

.

b eloved b ut i t was n o w too late ; the spirit had

,

departed to the nether wo r ld ruled over by Milu And , .

n o w stung by the r epro a ches of her kindred and friends

,

for h is dese r tio n and urged on by his real love fo r the fair
,

one he resolved t o attempt the perilous descent i nto the

,

nether world and i f possible to bring her spi r it b ack

, , .

With the assistance of he r friends he collected fr om ,

the mountai n slope a gr eat quantity o f the kowa l i or ,

convolvulus vine H e also prepa r ed a hollow cocoa

.

nut s hell splitting i t into two c losely fitting parts

, .

Then anoi nting himself with a mi x ture o f rancid cocoa

nut and kukui o il which gave him a ve r y stro ng ,

co r pse like odo r he sta r ted with his companio ns i n

-
,

the well loaded canoes fo r a poi nt i n the se a where

—

the sky comes down t o m eet the water .

4 6 H A W AI I AN F O L K TALES
A r rived at the spot he directed h is com r ades to
,

l ower hi m i nto the aby s s called by the H awaiian s the

L na o M i l u Taking with him his cocoanut shell and
.
-

seating himself astride of the cro s s s tic k o f the swi ng -

,

o r kowali he was quickly lowered down by the long

,

r ope o f kowali vines held by his fr iend s I n the canoe

above .

Soo n he entered the g r eat cave r n whe r e the s hades

of the departed were gathe r ed together As he came .

among them their curiosity was aroused to lea r n who

,

“
he was And he heard many remark s such as Whew !
.
,
” “
what an odor this corpse emits ! H e must have
been long dead H e had rather overdone the m atter
.

of the rancid oil Even Milu himself as he sat o n the

.
,

b ank watching the crowd was completely deceived by ,

the stratagem fo r otherwi s e h e neve r would have

,

permitted thi s b old descent of a livi ng man i nto his

gloomy abode .

The H awaiian swing it should be rema r ke d unlike

, ,

ours has but o ne rope supporting the c r o s s stick on

,
-

which the person is seated H iku and his S wing .

attracted considerable attention from the looke r s o n -

.

O ne shade i n particular watched him most intently ; it

was his sweetheart Kawelu A mutual recognition
, .

took place and with the permission o f M ilu she darted

,

up t o him and swung with him o n the kowali But .

even s h e had to avert her face on account of his corpse

like odor As they we r e enj oying together this favor
ite H awa i i an pasti m e o f l el e kowa l i by a p r econcerted
,

signal the fr iends above were i nfo r med of the success

of his ruse and were n o w rapidly drawing them up .
 H I KU AN D KAW E LU 47

At first she was too much abso r bed i n the sport to

notice this When at length her attention was aroused
.

by seeing the great distance of those b eneath her like ,

a butterfly she was about t o fli t away when the crafty ,

H iku who was ever o n the alert clapp ed the cocoanut

, ,

sh ells together imprisoning her withi n them and was

, ,

then quickly d r awn up to the canoes a b ove .

With their precious burden they returned to the ,

shores o f H olualoa where H iku landed an d at once

,

repai r e d t o the house where still lay the body o f h is

b eloved Kneeling b y its side he made a hole in the
.
,

great toe o f the left foot i nto which with great d ifli
_
,

culty he forced the reluctant S pirit and in spite of its ,

desperate struggles h e tied up the wound so that it

could n o t e s cape from the cold clammy flesh i n which ,

it was n o w impriso ned Then he began to l om i l om i

.
,

or r il b and chafe the foot working the spirit fu rther

,

and further up the lim b .

Gradually as the heart was reached t h e blood began

, ,

once more to flow t h r o u g h t h e body the chest began

'

gently t o heave with the breath of life and soon the ,

spi r it gazed ou t through the eyes Kawelu was n o w .

restored t o consciousness and seeing her b eloved ,

.

H iku bending tenderly over he r s h e opened he r ,

lips and said “

H o w could you be so cruel as t o
:

”
leave me ?
All reme m b rance of the Lua O M ilu and of her
meeting him there had di sappeared and she too k up ,

the thread of consciousness j ust where s h e had left it a

few days before at death Great j oy filled the hearts
.

of the people o f H olualoa as they welcom ed b ack t o

4s H AWAI I AN F O LK TALES
their midst the fair Kawelu and the hero H iku fr om , ,

whom she was no more to be sepa r ated .

LO C AT O N I OF TH E LUA O M I LU
I n the myth of H iku and Kawelu the entrance to ,

th e Lua o M ilu is placed out to s ea op posite H oln a

loa and a few miles south of Kailua But the more .

usual account of the natives is that i t was situated at ,

the mouth of the g r eat valley of Waipio i n a place ,

called K e o n i where the sands have long since covered

,

up and concealed from V iew this passage from the

upper to the nether wo r ld .

Every yea r so i t i s told the p r ocession o f ghosts

, ,

called by the natives Oi o ma r ches i n solemn state ,

down the M ah ik i road and at this poi nt enters the ,

Lua o M ilu A man recently livi ng i n Waimea of

.
, ,

the best reputation fo r veracity stated that about ,

thirty or more yea r s ago he actually saw this ghostly ,

company H e was walking up this road i n the eve

.

ning when he s aw at a distance th e Oi o appear and

, ,

knowing that should they encounter him his death

would be inevitable he discreetly hid himself behind
,

a t r ee and tremb l ing with fear gazed in silence at the

, ,

dread spectacle There was Kamehameha the co n

.
,

q u er or with
,
all his chiefs and wa r rio r s i n milita r y
arr ay tho u sands of he r oes who had wo n renown in
,

the olden time Though all were silent as the grave

.
,

they kept perfect step as they marched along and ,

pa ssing th r ough the woods down to Waipio d isap ,

e ar e d from his V iew

p .
50 H AWAI I AN F OLK TA LE S
I f the soul had failed to be religious it found no one ,

there to ente r tai n i t and was forced to take a de s per

,

ate leap into a place o f mise r y b elow called M ilu

—

, .

“
The r e were several precipices fr om the ve r ge o f ,

which the unhappy ghosts were suppo s ed to take the

leap into the region of woe ; th r ee i n particula r o ne at ,

the northern extr emity of H awaii one at the western ,

te r mination o f M aui and the third at the northern

,

point o f Oahu .

Near the no r thwest point of Oahu i s a rock called

Leina K au h an e where the souls of the dead descended
,

“
i nto H ades I n N ew Z ealand the same t e r m R e in g a
.
,

( the leaping place ) is applied

,
to the North Cape The .

Ma r quesans have a simila r b elief i n regard to the north

e r m o s t i s land of their group and apply the same term
, ,
“
R e i n g a t o their Avernus
, .

1
Dibbl e H i t y p 99
’
s s or , . .
 VI
L O N O PU H A ; O R O RI G IN O F T H E A RT
,

O F H EALI N G I N H AWAI I
TR A N S LA T E D BY TH O S . G . T H R UM
U RI N G the time that Milu was r e siding at
W aipio H awaii the year o f which is unknown
, , ,

there cam e to these shores a numbe r of people with ,

their wives from that va gue foreign land Ka b iki

, , .

But they were all o f godly kind ( ano a bua n a e) i t is ,

said and drew attentio n as they j ourneyed fro m place

,

to pl ace Th ey arrived fi r st at Niihau and fr om

.
,

there they travelled through all the i s land s At .

H awaii they landed at the south side t h ence t o Puna , ,

H ilo and settled at Kukuihaele H am ak u a j ust

, , ,

a b ove Waipio .

O n every island they V isited the r e appeared various

diseases and many deaths resulted s o that it was said
, ,
.

this was thei r doings among the chiefs and people

, .

The diseases that followed i n their train were chills ,

fe vers headache p ani and so o n

, , , .

These are the names o f so me of these people

K aal ae n u iahi n a, K ah u il ao k al an i , K an e ik au l an au l a, b e
sides others They b rought death but o ne Kama
.
,

k anu iah ail o n o followed after them with healing powers .

This was perhaps the origin of sickness and the art o f

healing with medicines i n H awaii .

5 1
5 2 H AWAI I AN F O LK TAL ES
As has been s aid diseases settled o n the di ff erent
,

islands like an epidemic and the p r actice of medici n e ,

en sued fo r K am ak anu iahail o n o followed them i n their

,

j ourneyings H e a rr ived at Kau stopping at K i o l ak aa

.
, ,

o n the we s t side of Waio hinu where a g r eat multitude ,

of people we r e residing and Lono was thei r chief , .

The st r anger sat o n a ce r tain hill whe r e many O f the ,

people visited him for the reason that he was a n e w

,

come r a custom that is continued to this day While

, .

the r e he noticed the redness o f skin o f a ce r tain o n e

of them and remarked O h the redness of skin of
,
“
, ,

that man !
The people replied O h that is Lono the chief
“
, , ,

of thi s land and he i s a farme r

, .

H e again spoke asserting that his s icknes s was ve r y

,

great ; fo r through the rednes s of the skin he knew him

to be a sick man .

They again replied that he was a healthy man but “

,
”
you conside r him ve r y sick H e then left the resi .

dents and se t out o n his j ourney .

Some o f those wh o heard h is r ema r ks ran and told

the chief the strange wo r ds that he was a ve ry sick
“
,

man . O n hearing this Lo no r aised up his 00 ( dig ,

ge r) and said H ere I am without any sign of disease

“
, , ,

and yet I am sick And as he b rought down his 00

.

with considerable force i t struck his foo t and pie r ced

,

it th r ough causing the blood to fl ow fr eely s o that he

, ,

fell and fainted away At this one of the men seized .

,

a pig and ran after the st r ange r who hea r ing the pig , ,

squealing looked behi nd him and s aw the man ru n

,

ning with it ; and as he neared him he dropped it

 O RI GI N OF A RT O F H EALI N G 53
before him and told him O f Lono s mi s fortune Kama
,
’
.

k an u i ah ail o n o then retu r ned gathe r i ng o n the way the ,

young popolo s eed s and its tender leaves i n h is garment

( bi l l et
) When
. he arrived at the p lace where the
wounded man was lying he as k ed for some salt which ,

he took and pounded together with the popolo and

placed it with a cocoanut covering o n the wound .

From then till night the flowing o f the blood ceased .

Afte r two or th r ee weeks h ad elapsed he again took

his depar t u re .

While he was leisurely j ourneying some one b r eath ,

ing heavily approached him i n the rear and tu r ni ng , ,

around there was the chief and he asked him

,
What ,

is it Lono and where a r e y o u going ?

, ,

“
Lono replied You healed me ; therefore as soo n , ,

as you had departed I immediately consulted with my

successo r s and have resigned m y o fli ce s to them s o
, ,

that they will have control over all As fo r myself .

,

I followed afte r you that you might teach m e the art ,

”
o f healing .

“
Th e lea/t una l ap aau ( medical prie s t) then said Open ,

your mouth When Lono opened h is mouth the

.
,

kahuna s pat i nto i t b y which h e would become p ro ,

1

fi cie n t i n the call ing he had chosen and i n which he ,

eventually became i n fact very skilful , ,

.

A s t h e y travelled he i nstructed Lono ( on account ,

o f the accident t o his foot he was called L o n o u h a i n

p )
the various disea s es and the di ff erent medicines fo r the ,

proper treatment o f each They j ou r neyed through .

Kau Puna and H ilo thence o nward to H am ak u a as

, , ,

1 A i iti t y
n n i h p ie h d
a or ac t
,
as n t e r st oo .
54 H AWAI I A N F O LK TA LES
far as Kukuihaele Prior to their a r rival there Kama
.
,

k an u iah ail o n o said to L o n o p u h a “

I t is better that we ,

reside apart le s t you r healing p r actice d o not succeed ;

,

but you settle el s ewhe r e so as to gain recognition from

,

your own S kil l .

For thi s reason L o n o p u h a went o n farther and

,

located i n Waimanu and the r e practised the art o f

,

healing O n account o f his labors here he b ecame

.
,

famous as a skilful healer which fame Kam ak an u ia ,

h ai l o n o and other s heard of at Kukuihael e ; but he ,

neve r r evealed to Kaa l aenu iabi na m a ( company ) of his

teaching of L o n o p u h a th r ough which he became cele
,

b r at e d I t s o happened that Ka al a enu i abi na m a were

.

s eeking an occasio n to cau s e M i l u s death and he was

’

becoming sickly th r ough thei r evil e ff ort s .

When Milu hea r d o f the fame o f Lo n o pu h a as a

skilful heale r because o f those who were a fflicted with
,

di sease and would have died but fo r his t r eatment he ,

sent his messenge r afte r him O n a rr iving at M il u s .

’

h ouse L o n 0 p u h a examined and felt of him and then

, ,

said Y o u will have n o sickness pro v ided you b e

,
“
,

obedient to my teachings H e then exe r ci s ed his

a r t and under h is medical t r eatmen t Milu recovered
, .

L o n o p u h a then said to him : “

I have t r eated you ,

and y o u a r e well o f the inte r nal ailment s y o u su ff ered

un der and only t hat fr om without remains N o w you
, .
,

must build a house o f leave s and dwell therein i n

quietne ss fo r a fe w weeks to recup e r ate These
, .

hou s es ar e called p ip zpz such being the place to which

’

invalid s a r e moved fo r convale s cent treatment unless

something unfo r e s een should occur .
 O RI GI N O F A RT O F H EALI N G 55
Upon M il u s removal t hereto L o n o p u h a advised
’

him as follows “
O King ! you a r e to dwell i n this
hou s e accordi ng t o the length o f time di r ected i n per ,

fe c t quietnes s ; and sh ould the e x citement of sports with

attendant loud cheering prevail here I wa r n you against ,

these as omens o f evil fo r your death ; and I advise y o u

not to loosen the t i leaves o f your house to peep out
to see the cau s e for on the very day you do s o that
, ,

day you will perish .

Some t wo week s had scarcely passed si nce the King

had b een confined i n accordance with the kahuna s ’

instructions when noi s es from various direction s i n

,

proximity t o the King s dwelling we r e heard but he

’

regarded the advice of the pries t all that day Th e .

cause of the commotio n was the appearance of t wo

b ird s playing i n the air which s o excited the people
,

that they kept cheering them all that day .

Three weeks had almost passed when loud chee r ing

was again heard i n Waipio caused b y a la r ge bird
,

decorated with ve r y beautiful feather s w h ich fl ew out ,

from the clouds and soared proudly over the p a l i s

( precipices ) of K o ae k e a and K ah o l o k u aiwa and poised ,

g r ace fiI l l
y over the people ; the r efore they cheered
,
as
they pursued it here and there M ilu was much wo r .

ried thereby and becam e s o impatient that he could no

,

longer regard the p r iest s caution ; so he lifted s ome o f

’

the ti leaves of his house t o look out at the b i r d when ,

instantly it made a thrust at him striking him under ,

the armpit whereby his life was taken and he was dead
,

( l i l o a i kon a ol a a m a ke i lz o l a
) .

Th e priest s aw the b ird flying with the liver o f M ilu ;

5 6 H AWAI I AN F O LK TA LE S
therefore he followed after it When it s aw that it was
,
.

pu r s ued it immediately ente r ed into a sunken rock

,

j u s t above the base o f the precipice of K o ae k e a As .

he reached the place the blood was spatte r ed a r ound

,

where the bi r d had ente r ed Ta k ing a piece o f gar

.

ment (p a b ool a ) he soaked it with the blood and r eturned

,

and placed i t i n the O pening in the body o f t h e dead

King and pou r ed healing medicine o n t h e wo u n d ‘

whereby M ilu recovered And the place whe r e the

.

bi r d entered with M il u s live r has eve r s ince been

’

called K e ak e o m il u ( the live r o f M ilu ) .

A long while afterwa r d when this death o f the King

,

was as nothi ng ( i m ea ol e) and he r ecovered as fo r

,

me r ly the priest r efr ained n o t fr om warning him s ay

, ,

ing : Y o u have e s caped fr om this death ; there remains

“

”
fo r you one other .

After M ilu became co nvalescent fr om h is r ecent

serious e x pe r ience a few mo nths pe r haps had elap s ed
, ,

when the surf at Waipio became ve r y high and was

breaking heavily o n the beach Thi s natu r ally caused .

much commotion and excitement among the people ,

as the nume r ous s u r f r ider s pa r ticipating i n the s port

-
, ,

would land upon the beach o n thei r su r f boa r ds C o n ’

-
.

t i n u o u s chee r ing p r evailed and t h e hil ar i t y r endere d

,

Milu s o impatient at the rest r ai n t put upon him by the

p r iest that he fo r sook his wi s e coun s el and j oined i n
the exhilarating sport .

S eizi ng a su r f board he s wam o u t s ome di s tance to

-

the selected spot fo r s uitable su r fs H e r e he let the .

fi r st and second comber s pa s s him ; but watching h is

opportunity he started wi th the mom entum o f the
 VI I
A VI SI T T O T H E SPI RI T LAN D ; O R T H E ,

STRAN GE E ! PE R I E N C E O F A
WO MA N I N KO NA H A W AI I ,

MR S . E N H AL E Y
. .

ALI M A had b een sick for many weeks and at last

K died H er friends gathered arou n d her with loud
.
,

cries of grief and with many expressions of a ff ection

,

and so r row at their loss they prepared her body for its
bu r ial .

The grave was dug and when everything was ready

,

fo r the last rites and sad act hus b and and fr iends came
,

to take a fi nal look at the rigid form and ashen face

before i t was laid away fo r ever i n the ground The .

old m other sat o n the mat covered ground beside her-

child brushing away the i ntrusive flies with a piece of

,

cocoanut leaf and wiping away the tears that slowly

-
,

rolled down her cheeks N o w and then she would

.

b reak into a low heart rending wail and tell i n a s o b

,
-
,

choked b r oken voice h o w good this her child had

, ,

always been to he r h o w her hus b and loved he r and

, ,

h o w her child r en would never have any one t o take her

”
place.
“
O h why s h e c r ied did the gods leave
, ,
“
,

me ? I am old and heavy with years ; my back is bent

and my eyes are getti ng dark I cannot work and am .
,

too o l d and weak to enj oy fishing in the s e a or danc ,

5 8
 A VI SI T TO T H E SPI R I T LA N D 59
ing and feasting under the trees Bu t this my chil d .

loved all these things and was so happy Why i s s h e

, .

”
taken and I so useless left ?
, And again that mourn
,

ful so b choked wail b roke o n the still air and was

“

-
, ,

b orn e out t o the friends gathered under the trees

b efore the doo r and was taken up and repeated u ntil
,

the hardest heart would have softened and m elted at

the sou nd As they sat around o n the mats looking
.

at their dead and l istening to the old m other suddenly ,

Kalima mo ved took a long b reath and opened her

, ,
”

eyes They wer e frightened at the miracle but s o

.
,

happy to have h e r b ack again among them .

The old m other raised her hands and eyes to

heaven and with rapt fai th o n her b rown wrinkled
, ,

face e x claimed : The gods have let her come back !

,
“

”
H o w they must love her !
M othe r husband and friends gathered around
, ,

and rubbed her hands and feet and did what they ,

could for her comfort I n a fe w minutes she revived

.

“
enough to say I have s omething strange to tell
,
”
you .

Several days passed b efore s he was strong enough

t o s ay more ; then calling her relatives and friends

about her s h e told them the following weird and

,

strange story
“
I died as you k now I seemed to leave my b ody
, .

and stand beside it looking down o n what was me

,
.

The me that was standing there looked like the form

I was looking at o nly I was alive and the other was
, ,

dead I gaz ed at my b ody for a fe w minutes then

.
,

turned and walked away I left the house and village .

,
60 H A W AI I AN F O LK TALE S
and walked o n and o n t o the next village and there I ,

found crowds of people O h s o many people ! The ,

—
,

place which I knew as a small village of a fe w houses

was a ve r y la r ge place with hund r eds of house s and
,

thousands o f men women and child r en Some of

, ,
.

them I knew and they s poke to me although that ,

—

seemed st r an ge fo r I knew they were dead

, but ,
—

nearly all were s trangers They were all s o happy ! .

They seemed n o t t o have a ca r e ; nothing t o t r ouble

them Joy .was i n eve r y fa ce and happy laughter ,

and b r ight loving wo r d s were o n eve r y tongue

, .

I left that village and walked o n to the next I .

was n o t ti r ed fo r it s eemed no t r ouble to walk ; I t

,

was the same there ; thousands o f people and every ,

o ne so j o y ous and happy S ome of these I knew . .

I spoke to a fe w people then went on again I ,

.

seemed t o be on my way to the volcano to Pele s ,

—
’

pit and could n o t s top much as I wanted t o do so

,
—
,
.

All along the road we r e hou s e s and people where ,

I had never kn own any one to live Eve r y bit .

of good g r ound had many houses and many many , ,

happy people o n it I felt s o full o f j o y t o o that

.
, ,

my hea r t sang within me and I was glad to be ,

dead .

“
I n time I came to S outh Point and there too , , ,

wa s a g r eat crowd o f people The barren point was a .

g r eat V illage I was g r eeted with happy a l abas then

.
,

passed o n All th r ough Kau it was the same and I

.
,

felt happier every minute At la s t I reached the v o l .

cano The r e we r e some people there but not so

.
,

many as at other places They too were happy like .

, ,
 A VI S I T TO TH E S PI R I T L AN D 6I

the othe r s but they said You must go back to

, ,
‘

your b ody Y o u are n o t t o die yet

. .
’

“
I did n o t w ant to go back I begged and .

p r ayed to b e allowed to stay with them but they s aid , ,

‘
No you must g o back ; and if you do n o t go will
,

i n g l y we will make y o u g O
’

, .

I c r ied and tried to stay but they drove me ,

back even beating m e when I stopped and would not

,

go on So I was driven over the r o ad I had come

.
,

back through all those happy people They were .

still j oyous and happ y but when they saw that I was
,

not allowed to stay they tu r ned o n me and helped

,

d r ive me t o o ,
.

“
Over the sixty miles I went weeping followed , ,

b y those c r uel people till I reached my hom e and

,

stood by my body again I looked at it and hated .

it W as that my body ? What a hor r id loathsom e

.
,

thing i t was to me n o w s ince I had seen s o many ,

beautiful happy c r eatu r es ! Must I g o and live i n

,

t h at thing again ? N O I would n o t g o into it ; I r e

,

belled and c r ied fo r mercy .

“
Y o u must g o i nto it ; we will make you ! said
‘ ’

my to r mentors They took me and pushed me head

.

foremo s t i nto the big t o e .

“
I s truggled and foug h t b ut could n o t he l p m y ,

sel f They pu s hed and beat me again when I t r ied

.
,

fo r the last time t o escape When I pas s ed the waist .

,

I seemed to know it was o f n o u se to st r uggle any -

mo r e s o went the rest o f the way mysel f Then my

,
.

b ody came to life again and I opened my eye s ,

.

But I wi s h I could have stayed with tho s e happy

62 H AWAI I AN FO LK T ALES

people I t was cruel to make me come b ack My

. .

other body was s o beautiful and I was so happy s o

, ,

happy !
 K A PE E PEEK A U IL A ; OR TH E ,
R O C KS
O F KANA
R EV . A O
. . F O R B ES
N the northern side of the i sland of M olokai ,

commencing at the eastern end and st r etching

along a distance of about twenty miles the coast is a ,

s heer p r ecipice of black rock varying in height fr om

eight hundred to two thousand feet The o nly i nterrup .

tions to the co ntinuity of thi s va s t s ea wall a r e fo r med

b y the fou r romantic valleys o f Pelekunu Pu aah au n u i , ,

W ail au and W aik o l u

, Between the valley s of Pele
.

kunu and W aik o l u ju ts out the bold sha r p headland

, ,

o f H au pu forming the dividing ridge b etween them

, ,

an d r emi nding o ne somewhat of an axe head turned -

edge upwa r d Di r ectly in a line with thi s headland

.
,

thirty or forty rods out i n the ocean arise a br uptly ,

fr om the deep blue waters the rock s of H au p u three ,

o r four sharp needle like points of rock va r ying fr om

,
-

twenty to one hundred feet i n height This is the .

spot associated with the legend of K ap e e p e e k au il a and

-
,

these r ocks stand like g r im senti nel s o n duty at the

ea s te r n limit of what is n o w known as the s ettlement
of Kalawao The legend ru ns as follows
.

K e ah o l e was the father H ii ak a n o h o l ae was the

,
-

63
64 . H AWAI I AN FO LK TALE S
m other ,
and K ap e e p e e k au il a was the s o n Thi s .

K ap e e p e e k au il a was a hai r y man and dwelt on the

,

r idge of H au p u .

O nce on a time H ak al an il e o and h is wife H ina ,

the mothe r o f Kana came a n d dwelt i n the valley o f

,

Pelekunu o n the ea s tern side o f the r idge o f H au pu

,
.

K ap e e p e e k a l a hea r ing o f the a rr ival o f H ina

, ,

the beautiful daughter o f Kalahiki s ent his child r en ,

to fetch he r They went and said to H ina Ou r

.
“
,

r oyal father de s i r es you as his wife and we ha ve come ,

for y o u .

”
“
D esi r es me fo r what ? s aid s h e .

D esire s y o u for a wife s aid they , .

This announcement plea s ed the beautiful daughte r

o f Kalahiki and she r eplied Retu r n t o you r r oyal
“
, ,

father and tell him he s hall be the hu s band and I will

”
be the wife .

When this message was delive r ed t o K ap e e p e e k au

ila he i mmediately sent a me ss enge r t o t h e othe r side
,

o f the i s land t o summ on all the people fr om K e o n e

kuina t o K al am au l a ; fo r we have al r eady s een that he

was a hai r y man and it was nece ss a r y that thi s blem
,

is h s hould be remo v ed Acco r dingly when the p e o

.
,

ple had all a rr ived K ap e e p e e k au il a laid him s elf down

,

and t h ey fell to wo r k until the hai r s we r e all pluck ed

ou t H e then took H ina t o wife and they t wo dwelt
.
,

togethe r o n the t o p o f H au pu .
‘

Poo r H ak al an il e o the hu s band o f H ina mou r ned

, ,

the lo s s o f his companion o f the long night s o f wi nter

and t h e s howe r s prinkled night s o f s umme r N eithe r
- .

could he regain p ossessio n of he r fo r the ridge o f ,

66 H AWAI I A N F O LK TALES
“
replied I t is hopeless ; behold measure
N iu l o i h ik i , ,
”
le s s is the height o f H au p u .

Again b e pro s ecuted hi s search till he met t h e third

man of fame whose name was Kaulu ! uestion and
, .

an s wer pa ss ed as before and Kaulu to show his

, , ,

s trength s eized a r iver and held it fa s t in its cou r s e

, .

But H ak al an il eo mournfully said Not strong ,

h f
’
e n ou
g
Pursuing his way with s treaming eyes he came to ,

the fou r th he r o Lo n o k ae h o by name As in the

, .

former ca s e s s o in thi s he received no sat isfac

, ,

tion These fou r were all he kne w of who were fore

.

m ost in p r owe ss and all four had failed him I t was

, .

the end and he tu r ned s adly toward the mou n tai n

,

fore s t t o retu r n t o his home

, .

M eantime the rumo r had reached the ears of

,

“
Niheu surnamed the Rogue
,
Some o ne told him .

a father had pas s ed along s earching fo r s ome o n e a b le

to recover him his wife .

”
“
Where is thi s father of mine ? inquired Niheu .

”
H e has gone inland was the reply , .

“
I ll ove r take him ; he won t escape me said
’ ’

Niheu S o he went afte r the o l d m a n kicking over

.
,

the trees that came in his way The o l d man had .

gone on till he was tired and faint when Niheu over ,

took him and b r ought him back to his house Then .

Ni heu a s ked him What made you go o n wit hou t

“
,

coming t o the hou s e o f Niheu ?

“
What indeed an swe r ed the O ld man ; as though
”
, ,

I we r e not s eeking to recove r thy mothe r who is ,

”
lo s t !
 K A P EE P E E K A U IL A 67

Then came question and answer as i n fo r me r cases , ,

and Niheu said I fear thou wilt n o t recove r thy

“ -

wife O my father But let us go inland to the fo s ter

, .

”
so n o f Uli So they went But Nih eu ran o n ahead
. .

and told Kana the fo s te r s o n o f Uli : Behold he r e

, ,

comes H ak al an il e o bereft o f his wife We are all , e

”
b eat
.

Where is he ? inquired Kana .

H e r e h e is j ust a r rived , .

Kana looked fo r th and H ak al an il e o recoiled with ,

fear at the blazing of his eyes .

“
Then spoke N iheu Why could you n o t wait '

before looking at o u r father ? Behold you have fr ight ,

”
ened him and he has ru n back
,
.

O n thi s Kana remaining yet i n the house st r etched

’

, , ,

fo r t h his hand and g r asping the old man i n the

, ,

distance brought him back and sat him on his lap

, .

Then Kana wept And the impudent N iheu said .

,

N o w you are c r ying ; look out fo r the old man or he ,

”
ill get wate r soaked -
.

But Kana ordered Niheu to bestir himself and light

a fi r e fo r the tea r s of Kana were as the b ig dropping
,

rains of winter soaking t h e plain And Kana said to

, .

the o l d man N o w dry you r self by the fire and when

, , ,

you are warm tell you r story , .

The old man o b e y ed and when he was warm ,

enough told the story o f his grie f Then said Kana

, .
,

“
Almost spent are my yea r s ; I am only waiting fo r
death and behold I have at la s t found a foeman
,

worthy of my prowess .

Kana immediately espoused the cause of H ak al an i

68 H AWAI I AN FO LK TALE S
leo and o r dered h is younger brothe r N iheu to con
, , ,

struct a canoe for t h e voyage Poor Niheu worked .

and toiled without success until i n despai r he e x , ,

claimed upb r aidingly Thy wo r k is not wo r k ; I t IS

,
“
,

s lavery There thou dwellest at thy ease i n thy retreat

.
,

while with thy foot thou destroyest my canoe .

Up on this Kana pointed out to N iheu a bush and

, ,

“
said Can y o u pull up that bush ?
,
”
Y es replied N ih e u fo r it was but a small bush
, , ,

and he doubted n o t h is ability to roo t it up ; s o he

pulled and tugged away but could n o t loo s en it , .

Kana looking on said tauntingly You r foeman

“
, , ,
”
will not be ove r com e by y o u .

Then Kana stretched forth h is hands scratching ,

among the forest s and soo n had a canoe i n one hand ;

,

a little mo r e and anothe r canoe appea r ed i n the o the r

hand The twin canoes were named Ka um u el i H e
. .

lifted them down t o the s ho r e provided them with ,

paddles and then appointed fourteen rowe r s Kana

,
.

emba r ked with h is magic r o d called W a ka i l a ni - - .

Thus they se t fo r th t o wage war upon Kap e e p ee k au il a .

They went on until the canoes g r ounded o n a hard

ledge .

N i h e u called out B ehold thou sleepest O Kana

“
, , ,

while we all peri s h .

Kana r eplied What is the r e to destroy us ? Are

“
,

not the s e the reefs o f H au p u ? Away with the ledges ,

the r ock poi nts and the yawning chasm s ! Smite

,
”
with W a ka i l a ni thy rod
— —
,
.

Niheu smote the rock s c ru m bled to pieces and the

, ,

canoe s we r e fr eed They pu r s ued thei r cou r s e again

.
 K A P E E P E E K A U IL A 69

until Niheu being o n the watch c r ied out Why

, , ,
“

sleepest thou O Kana ? H e r e we perish again Thy

, , .

”
like for sleeping I neve r saw!
“ ”
Wherefore perish ? said Kana .

”
Behold replied N iheu the fearful wall of water
,
“
, .

I f we attempt to pass it it will topple ove r and de s t r oy,

”
us all.

“
Then said Kana : Behold behind us the reefs of ,

H au p u . That is the destructio n pa ss ed As for the .

destruction before us s mite wit h thy r o d , .

Niheu smote the wall of wate r divided and the

, ,

canoes passed safely through Then they went o n .

their cour s e again as befo r e After a time Niheu

, .
,

again called out Alas again we pe r ish

“
,
H er e , .

comes a great monste r I f he fall s upon u s we a r e .

,
”
all d ead men .

A nd Kana said “
Look s ha r p n o w and when the
, , ,

poi nted snout crosses our b o w smite with thy rod , .

And he did s o and behold this g r eat thing was a

, ,

monster fish and when brought o n board i t became

,

food for them all S o wo nde r fully g r eat was this fi s h

.

that its weight b r ought the rim o f the canoes down t o

the water s edge
’
.

They continued o n thei r way and next saw the open ,

mouth of the s ha r p toothed s h ark another of the - —

outer defences o f H au p u awaiting them —

.

“ ”
Smite with thy rod ordered Kana ,
.

Niheu s mote and the s ha r k died

, .

Next they cam e upon the great turtle another ,

defe n ce of H au pu Again the sleepy Kana i s arou s ed

.

by the c r y of the watchful Niheu and the tu r tle is ,

7 0 H AWAI I AN F O LK TAL E S
slai n by the stroke of the magic r o d All this was .
‘

during the night At last j ust as the edge of the

.
,

morning lifted itself from the deep their ma s t became ,

entangled i n the branches o f the trees Niheu flung .

upward a stone I t st r uck The b r anches came rat

. .

tling down and the mast was fr ee O n they went till

, .

the canoes gently stood still O n this N iheu cried .

,

Ou t “
,
H ere y o u are a sleep again 0 Kana and the , ,

canoes a r e ag r ou nd !
Kana felt beneath ; there was no ground H e felt .

above the mast was entangled i n weeds H e pulled .

,

and t h e weeds and ea r th came down together The .

smell o f the fresh torn weeds was wafted up to H ale

—

huki the hou s e where K ap eep e e k au il a lived H is

, .

people o n the t o p o f H au p u looked down o n the

, ,

canoe s fl oating at the foot “

Wond r ous is the size
.

” “
o f the canoes ! they cried Ah ! it is a load of op ibi s
.

( shell fi s h )-
fr om H awaii fo r H ina for that was a ,

favo r ite d i s h with he r .

Meantime Kana de spatched Niheu after his mother

,
.

”
Go i n fr iendly fa s hion s aid the fo r mer ,
.

Niheu leaped a s ho r e but slipped and fell on the

,

smooth r ocks B ack he went t o the canoes

. .

”
“
What s o r t o f a coming back is this ? demanded
Kana .

“
I s lipped and fell and j u s t escaped with my life
, ,

an s we r e d N iheu .

”
“
Back with you ! thunde r ed Kana .

Again the luckle s s Niheu s p r ang a s hore but the ,

long eyed s and crabs ( obi ki m a ka l o ) made the s and fly

— — - a

with thei r scratching till h is eye s were filled B ack to .

7 2 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALES
thi s day And h e retu r ned to the edge of the shore
.
,

while the k o l eas bo r e o ff H ina i n t r iump h .

When Niheu r eached the s ho r e he beat h is forehead ,

with s tones till the blood flowed ; a t r ick which Kana

perceived from o n board the canoe s And when N iheu .

went o n boa r d he s aid S ee ! we fought and I got my

“
,
”
head hu r t .

But Kana replied The r e was no fight ; y o u did it

“
,

you r self o u t o f s hame at you r defeat

,
.

“
And Niheu replied What then shall we fight ? , , ,

s aid Kana and he s tood up

“
Y es , ,
.

N o w o n e o f his legs was named K e au ea and the

,

othe r K aip an e a and as he s tood upon the canoe s he

, ,

began to lengthen himself upwa r d until the dwellers on

t o p o f H au p u exclaimed i n terro r We a r e all dead
“
,

men ! B ehold he r e is a g r eat giant towering a b ove us

,
.

A n d K ap ee p e e k au il a seeing this hastened to prune

, ,

the b r anch e s o f the kamani t r ee ( Ca l op /zy ll u m i nop by l

l a m ) s o that the blu ff should g r ow upwa r d
,
And the .

blu ff r ose a n d Kana g r ew Thu s they s trove the

,
.
,

blu ff r i sing highe r and Kana g r owing taller until he ,

became as the stalk o f a banana leaf and gradually ,

s pun him s el f o u t till he was no thicke r than a strand

of a s pide r s web and at la s t he yielded the victo r y to

’

K ap e e p e e k au i l a .

N iheu s eeing the defeat of Kana called o u t Lay

, , ,
“

you r s elf along t o Kona o n H awaii to you r g r and , ,

”
mothe r Uli , .

And he laid him s elf along with his body i n Kona ,

while h is feet r ested o n M olokai H is g r andmother .

i n Kona fed him until he became plump and fat again .

 KA PE E PEE K A U IL A 73
Mean while poor N ihe u , watching at his feet on M o
,

lokai s aw thei r sides fill ou t with fle s h while he was

,
”
almost starv ed with hunger “
S o then quoth he .
, , ,

“
you are eating and growing fat while I die with
hunger And he cu t o ff o ne of Kana s feet for
.
’

revenge .

The sensation c r ep t along up to h is body which lay ,

in Kona and Kana sai d to his g r andmother Uli I

,
“
, ,
”
seem t o feel a numbness c r eeping over me .

“
And she an s wered and s aid Thy younger brother
, ,

is hu n gry wi th watching and seeing thy feet grow ,

plum p he has cut o ff one of them ; the r efo r e this

,
”
numbness .

Kana having at last grown strong and fat prepared

, ,

t o wage war again up on K ap e e p e e k au il a Food was .

collected i n abundance from Waipio and when it was ,

prepared they embarked agai n i n their canoes and

,

came back to H au pu o n M olokai But his gr and , .

mother Uli had previously in s t r ucted him t o fi r st

, ,

destroy all the b ranch es o f the kamani t r ee o f H au pu .

Then he showed himself and b egan again to stretch ,

upward and tower above the bl u ff K ap ee p e e k au il a .

hastened agai n to trim the b ranche s o f the kamani ,

that the b lu ff might grow as before ; but behold they ,

were all gone ! I t was the end ; K ap e e p e ek au il a was at

last vanquished The victorious Kana recovered his
.

sister M o i restored to poor H ak al an il e o his wife

,
-
, ,

H i na and then tearing down t h e b lu ff of H au pu

, , ,

kicked o ff large portions of it i nto the s ea where they ,

“
stand to this day and are called The R ocks of Ka n a
,
.
 IX
KA L E L EA L U A K A

DR . N . B EM E RS O N
.

PA RT I

A O PE LE was bo r n in Waipio H awan When

K bo r n h e did n o t b r eathe and his pa r ents were , .

greatly t r oubled ; but they washed his body clean and ,

having arrayed it i n good clothes they watched ,

anxiously ove r the body fo r several day s and then , ,

co ncluding i t t o be dead placed it i n a small cave in ,

the face o f th e cli ff The r e the b o d y r emained from

.

the summer month o f Ikz ki ( Ju l y or August) to the

’

winte r month o f l ku a ( D ecember or Janua r y ) a period

o f s ix
,

m onth s .

At thi s time they were startled by a V iolent storm

of thunde r and lightning and the rumbling o f an ,

ea r thquake At the same time appea r ed the marvel

.

lou s phenomeno n of eight r ainbows a r ching over the

mouth o f the cave Above the di n o f the storm
.

the parents hea r d the voice of the awakened child

calling to them
L t y
e l t p
ou r o ve r e s u on m e ,

O y p
m t wh h v th t fO t h
ar e n s, o a e rus m e r ,

Wh h o l ft i t h c
ave e cli ff
m e n e ave r n o u s ,

Wh h o h tl ly pl c d i h
ave e ar e ss a e m e n t e

Cli ff f q t d by t h t pic bi d !
re ue n e e ro r

74
 K A L EL EA L U A K A 75
O W aiaal aia , m
y m oth er !
0 W i
a m an u , m
y f th
a er !
C om e an d t ake m e !
”

The y e ar n i n glove o f the mother earnestl y besought

'

the fath e r to go in quest o f the infant ; but he p r o

tested that search was useless as the child was long ,

si nce dead But unable longer to endu r e a woman s

.
,
’

tea s ing which is the same i n all ages he finally se t

, ,

fo r th i n high dudgeon vowing that i n case of failure

,

he would punish he r o n his return .

O n reaching the place whe r e the ba b e had been

deposited its body was not to b e found But lifting
, .

up his eyes and looking about he espied the child ,

perched o n a tree b r aiding a wreath from the scarlet

,

flowe r s o f the l ebna ( M et r osider os p oly m orp ba ) “

I .

”
have come to take you home with me said the ,

father But the infant made no answer The mother

. .

received the child to her a r ms with demonst r atio ns

of the li veliest a ff ection At h er sugge s tio n they .

named the boy K ao p e l e fr om the name of their ,

goddes s Pele , .

Six months after thi s o n the first day ( H i l o) o f the

,

n e w m oon in the month of Ik ik i they returned home

, ,

from wo r ki n g i n the fields and found t h e child lying

without b r eath apparently dead After venting their
, .

g r ief fo r thei r da r ling i n loud lamentatio ns they ,

e r ected a fr ame to receive its dead b ody .

Time healed the wounds o f thei r a ff ection and

after the lapse o f sixmoons they had ceased to
,

mourn when suddenly they we r e a ff r ighted by a s to r m

,

of thunde r and lightning with a quaking of the earth , ,

7 6 HAWAI I AN F O LK TALES
in the midst of which they di s tingui s hed the c r y of
”
thei r child O h come ; come and take me !
“
, ,

They overj oyed at thi s second restoration of thei r

,

child to them and deeming it to be a miracle wo r ked by

,

their goddess made up their minds that i f it again fell

,

into a trance they would not be an x ious since thei r god ,

de s s would awake thei r child and bring it to life again .

But afterward the child i nfo r med them of the i r

“
mistake saying : This marvel that you se e i n me is
,

a t r ance ; when I pa ss into my deep sleep my spirit

at o nce floats away in the upper ai r with the goddess ,

P o l ia h u We are a n u m e r o u s b an d o f s pi r its but I

'

.
,

e x cel them in the distance o f my flights I n one day .

I can compass this island o f H awaii as well as Maui , ,

Oahu and Kauai and retu r n again I n my flights

, , .

I have s een that Kauai is the r iche s t of all the islands ,

for i t i s well supplied with food and fi s h and i t is ,

abundantly watered I i ntend t o remai n with you

.

until I am g r own ; then I shall j ou r ney t o Kauai and

there s pend the rest of my life Thu s K ao p e l e lived
.

with his pa r ents u ntil he was g r own but his habit ,

of t r ance s till clu n g to him .

Then o ne day he filled them wi th g r ief by saying

I am going aloha ,
.

They sealed their love fo r each other with tea r s and

ki s ses and he slep t and was gone H e alighted at
,
.

Kula o n M aui There he engaged i n cultivating

, .

food When h is crop s we r e nea r ly r ipe and r eady to

.

be eaten he agai n fell into his customa r y deep sleep ,

and when he awoke he found that the people of t h e

land had eaten up all his c r ops .
 K A L E L EA LU A K A 77
Then he fl ew away t o a place called K ap ap ak o l ea ,

i n M o an al u a o n Oahu where he s e t out a n ew plan

, ,

t at i o n
. H ere the same fo r tune befell him and h is ,

time fo r s leep came upon him before his c r op s we r e

fit fo r eating When he awoke his pla n tation h ad
.
,

gone to waste .

Again he move s on and this time settles i n Lihue

, ,

Oahu whe r e fo r the thi r d time he sets ou t a plan

,

t at i o n of food but i s prevented fr om eating i t by

,

anothe r i nterval o f s leep Awakening h e fi nd s his

.
,

crops overr ipe and wa s ted by neglect and decay .

H is restle s s ambitio n n o w ca rr ies him to La hu im al o ,

still on the i s land o f Oahu where his indust r y plants

,

another c r op of food Si x mo nths pa s s and he i s

.
,

abou t t o eat o f t h e fr uits o f his labo r wh en one day , ,

on ‘

p lunging into the river to bathe h e falls into ,

hi s

customa r y trance and his lifel es s body i s fl oated

,

by the st r eam out into the ocean and finally ca s t up

by the water s on the sand s o f M a c a c a a place i n ,

Waialua Oahu, .

At the s ame time the r e a rr ived a man fr o m Kauai

i n sea r ch o f a human body to o ff er as a s ac r ifice at
the t emple o f K ahik i h au n ak a at Wailua o n Kauai , ,

an d ha v ing s een the co r pse o f K ao p e l e o n the beach ,

he a s ks and obtain s permi s sio n of t h e feudal lo r d

( K o n ob i ki ) o f Waialua t o take it Thus i t happen
. s

that K ao p e l e i s taken by canoe t o the i s land of Kauai

and placed along with the co r p s e o f anothe r man o n
, ,

the alta r o f the temple at Wailua .

There he lay until the bone s O f h is fellow co r pse

had begun to fall apart When six moon s had
.
7 8 H AWAI I AN FO LK TALE S
been accomplished at midnight the r e came a bu r s t
,

o f thunder and an ea r thqua k e K ao p e l e came to life

.
,

descended fr om the altar and di r ected h is s teps toward

,

a ligh t which he s aw s hining th r ough som e chink s

i n a neighbo r ing house H e was recei ved by the
.

occupant s o f the house with that in s tant and hea r ty

hospitali ty which ma r k s the H awaiian r ace and bid ,

den to ente r ( m a i kom o

“
,

Food was s e t before him with which he refr eshed

,

him s elf The old man who seemed t o be the head

.

o f the hou s ehold was so much pleased and imp r es s ed

’

with the bea r ing and appea r ance o f o u r he r o that

h e fo r thwith s ought to secu r e h i m t o be the husband
o f his g r anddaughter a beautiful gi r l named Maka
,

lani Without fu r th er ad o he pe r suaded him t o be a

.
,

suito r for the hand o f the gi r l and while it was yet

.

night started O ff t o obtain the gi r l s con s ent and

,
’

t o b r ing he r back with him .

The young woman was awakened fr om he r slum

be r s i n the night t o hea r the p r opositio n o f her
grandfathe r who painted to he r i n glowing colo r s the
,

manly attractions of h er suitor The suit found favor .

i n the eyes o f the gi r l s parents and s h e herself was

’

nothing loath ; but with commendable maidenly p r o

r ie t S he in si s ted that he r sui tor should be b r ought
p y
and p r esented to her and that s h e s hould n o t first
,

seek him .

The su n had ha r dly begun t o lift the d e w fr om the

g r ass when o u r y oung he r o accompanied by the t wo
,

matchmake r s was b r ought into the p r esence o f h is

,

futu r e wife They foun d favor in each othe r s eyes

.
’

,
80 H AWAI I AN FO LK TALE S
plant ; I crave work ; does idleness b r ing i n anything ?
The r e is p r ofit o nly when a man tu r n s the palm of his
hand to the s oil : that b r ings in food fo r family and
fr iends I f o ne were i ndeed t h e so n of a king he could
.

s leep u ntil the sun was high i n the heaven s and then ,

r ise and find the b undles of cooked food ready for him
—
.

B ut for a plain man the only thing to do is to cultivate

,

the soil and plant and when he r e t urns fr om h is wo r k

,

let him light h is o v en and when the food is cooked

,

let the husband and the wife c r ouch about the hearth
”
and eat togethe r .

Again ve r y ea r ly o n the following morning while

, ,

his wife slept K ao p e l e ro s e and going to the house of

, ,

a neighbo r bor r owed a fi s hh o o k with its tackle Then

, .
,

supplying himself with bait he went a fi s h i n g i n the ,

-

ocean and took an enormous quantity o f fi s h O n his .

way home he stopped at the hou s e whe r e he had bo r

r owed the tackle and retu r ned i t givi ng the man also ,

half of the fi s h A rr ived at home he threw the load of

.
,

fi s h onto the g r ound with a thud which waked his wife

and pa r ents .

S o y o u have been a fi s hin g said his wife Think

- “
, .

ing y o u had again gone to wo r k i n the field I went up ,

the r e but y o u we r e not the r e But what an immen s e

,
.

plantatio n you have s e t out ! Why the whole plain ,

is cove r ed .

“
H i s father i n law s aid -
A fine lot of fish my
-
, ,
”
bo y .

Thus went life with them until the crops were ripe ,

when one day K ao p e l e s aid t o his wife who was n o w ,

“
evidently with child I f the child to be h o r n i s a boy
, ,
 KA LEL E AL U A K A 8 I

name i t K al e l e al u ak a ; but if it b e a gi r l name it as

‘

,
”
you will from your side o f the family
,
.

From his manner s h e felt unea s y and suspiciou s o f

him and said Ala s ! do y o u i ntend t o de s e r t me ?
,
“
,

T h e n K ao p e l e explained to his wife that he was n o t

real l y going to leave her as men are wont to forsake
,

their wives but he foresaw that that was soon t o hap

,

pen which was habitual to h im and he felt that o n the ,

ni ght of the mo rr ow a deep sleep would fall upo n him

(p u n i ka b i a m oe
) which would
, last for s i xmonth s .

Therefore s h e was not to fea r

,
.

“
D o not cast me o u t n o r bury me i n the ground ,

said he Then he explai ned to her h o w he happened

.

t o be taken fr o m Oahu to Kauai and h o w he came to

be her husband and he comm anded h e r to listen

,

at t e n t w to him and to obey him implicitly Then

'

el
y .

they pledged their love t o each other talking and not ,

sleeping all that night .

O n the following day all the fr iend s and neighbors

assembled and as they sat about rema r k s we r e made
, ,

among th em i n an u ndertone like this S o this is the , ,

man who was placed o n the altar o f the b eia n at

”
Wailua . And as evening fell he bade them all a l olz a ,

and said that he should be separated from them fo r

S i x m on th s b ut that h is b ody would remai n with them
,

if they obeyed his commands And having ki ss ed h is .

,

wife he fell i nto the dreamful s acred sleep of N iolo

, ,

kapu .

O n the sixth day the fathe r i n l aw said : Let us “ - -

'

bury your hu s band lest he stink I thought it was t o

,
.

be only a natural s leep but it is o r dinary death ,

.
82 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALE S
Look his body is rigid his flesh is cold and he does
, , ,

n o t b r eathe ; these a r e the s igns of death .

“
Bu t Makalani protested I will not let hi m be
,

buried ; let him lie here and I will watch over him as ,

he commanded ; you also heard h is words But i n

s pite of the wife s earnest protest s the hard hearted
’
-
,

father i n l aw gathe r ed st r ong vine s o f the koa l i ( con

- -

vol vulu s ) tied them about K ao p el e s feet and attachi n g

,
’

t o them heavy sto ne s caused his body to b e co nveyed

,

i n a canoe and sunk in the da r k wate r s o f the ocean

midway between Kauai and Oahu .

M akalani li ved i n sorrow fo r he r husband u ntil the

bi r th o f her child and as it was a boy S he called his
, ,

name K al e l e al u ak a .

P AR T II
When the child was about two months old the s k y
becam e ove r ca s t and the r e came up a mighty storm ,

with lightning and an ea r thquake K ao p e l e awoke .

i n his da r k watery couch u nbound the cords that

, ,

held h is feet and by th r ee p owe r ful strokes raised

,

himself t o the su r face o f the wate r H e looked to ward .

Kauai and Oahu bu t love fo r his wife and child pre

,

vailed and d r ew him to Kauai .

I n the da r knes s o f night he stood by h is wife s bed ’

and feeling fo r he r touched he r fo r ehead with h is

, ,

clammy hand S he awoke with a sta r t and o n his

.
,

maki n g him self known S he s c r e amed wi th fr ight ,

“
Gho s t o f K ao p e l e ! and ran to her pa r ents Not .

until a candle was lighted would s h e b elieve it to be

he r h u sband The step pa r ents i n fear and S hame at
.
-
,
 K A L E L EA L U A K A 83

their heartle s s conduct fled a way and never returned

, , .

F r om this time fo r th K ao p e l e was neve r again visited

by a trance ; his vi r tue had gone out fr om him to the
boy K al e l eal u ak a .

When K al e l e al u ak a was ten years old K ao p e l e b egan

to train the lad in athletic spo r ts and to teach him all
the arts of wa r and combat practi s ed th r oughout the
i s lands u ntil he h ad attained g r eat proficiency in them
, .

H e al s o taught him the a r ts of running and j umping ,

s o that he could j ump either up or down a high a li

p ,

or run like a wate r fowl o n the surface o f the water

, .

After this o n e day K al el eal u ak a went over t o Wailua

, ,

where h e witne s sed the game s of the chiefs The

youth s poke contemptuou s ly of thei r performances as
m ere chi l d s play ; and when his rema r k was reported
’

t o t h e King he challenged the young m a n to meet him

i n a boxing encounter When K al e l e al u ak a came into

.

the presence of the King his royal adve r sary asked

him what wage r he brought As the youth had no th .

ing with h i m he seriou s ly proposed that each one

,

should wager his o wn body again s t that of the other

one The proposa l was readily accepted The herald
. .

sounded the signal of attack and both conte s tants ,

ru s hed at each other K al e l e al u ak a wa r ily avoided the

.

attack by the King and ha s tened to deliver a blow

,

which left h is opponent at h is mercy ; and thereupon ,

using his p r ivilege he r obbed the King of hi s life and

, ,

to the a s tonishment o f all ca rr ied away the body t o lay

,

as a sacrifice o n the alta r of the temple hitherto u n co n ,

s e cr at e d by human sacrifice which he and his father ,

Kao p e l e had recently built i n ho no r of thei r deity .

84 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALE S
After a time the r e reached the ea r o f Kal e l eal u ak a
a report of the great s t r en g th o f a cer tain chief wh o
lived in H analei Acco r dingly without saying a n y
.
,

thing about h is i ntention he went over t o the valley

,

of H analei H e found the men engaged i n the game

.

o f throwing heavy spears at the t r unk of a cocoanut

tree As o n the p r evious o ccasion he I nvited a chal

.
,

lenge by belittling thei r exploit s and when challenged ,

by the chief fea r lessly p r opo s ed as a wage r the life

, , ,

of one against the othe r This was accepted and the

.
,

chief had the fi r st t r ial H is spea r hit the s tem of

.

the huge t r ee and m ade its loft y crest nod in re s ponse

to the b low I t was n o w the tu r n o f K al el eal u ak a to
.

hu r l the spea r I n anticipation o f the failu r e of the

.

youth and his own s uccess the chief took the p r e cau
,

tion t o statio n h is guards about Kal e l e al u ak a t o be ,

r eady to s eize him o n the instant I n a tone o f c o m .

mand o u r he r o bade the g u ards fall back and br and ,

i s hin g h is s pea r stroked and polished it with his hand s

,

fr om end to end ; then he poi s ed and hu r led it an d to ,

the a s toni s hment o f all 10 ! the tree was shive r ed to

,

pieces O n this the people raised a s hout o f admi r a

.

tion at the prowess of the youth and declared he must ,

be the same he r o who had slain the chief at Wailua .

I n thi s way K al e l e al u ak a obtained a second royal

sac r ifice with which to g r ace the altar o f his temple .

O ne clea r calm evening as Kal e l e al u ak a looked

, ,

out t o s ea he d e s cried the i s land o f Oahu which is

, ,

often clea r ly V i s ible fr om Kauai and asked h is father ,

what land that was that stood out again s t th e m .

K ao p el e told the youth i t was Oahu ; that the cape

 K A L EL E A L U A K A 85

that s wam out i nto the ocean like a waterfowl was

K ae n a ; that the retreating con tour o f the coa s t beyond
was Waianae Th u s he described the land to his so n
. .

The re su l t was that the adventurous spi r it of K al e l ea

l u ak a was fired to explore this new isla nd fo r himself ,

and he e x pressed this wish to his father Ev erything .

that K al el e al u ak a said or did was good i n the eye o f

his father Kao p e l e Accordingly h e immediately set
, .
,

to work and soon had a canoe completely fitted out ,

in which Kale l e al u ak a might start o n his t r avels .

K al e l e al u ak a took with him as t r avelling companion

, ,

a mere lad n amed K al u h e and embarked i n his canoe

, .

With t wo stro k e s of the paddle his prow grated o n the

sands of Waianae .

Before l eaving Kauai his father had impa r ted to

Kal e l e al u ak a something o f the topography of Oahu ,

and had de s cribed t o him the site o f his forme r plan

t at i o n at K e ah u m o e At Waianae the t wo travellers
.

were treated a ffably by the people o f the district I n .

reply t o the questions pu t them they said they were ,

going sight seeing As they went along they met a

-
.

party o f boys amusing themselves with da r ting arrows ;

one o f them a s ked permissio n t o j oi n thei r party .

This was give n and the three turned inland and j our
,

n e e d till they reached a plain of soft whitish rock

y , ,

where they all refreshed themselves wi th food Then .

they kept o n a scending u ntil K e ah u m o e lay b efore

,

them dripping with hoary moisture fr om the mi s t of

,

the mou ntain yet as if smiling through its tears

,
.

H ere were standing b ananas with ripened yello w fruit , ,

upland kalo and sugar cane rusty and c r ooked with

, ,
86 H AWAI I A N F O LK TALES
age while the sweet potatoe s had crawled o u t of the
,

ea r th and we r e cracked and dry I t was the very .

place whe r e K ao p e l e the father of Kal e l eal u ak a had

, ,

yea r s befo r e s e t out th e plants fr om which these were

descended .

“
This i s our food and a good place perhap s fo r
, , ,
” “
us to s ettle down said K al e l e al u ak a ; bu t before we
,

make up o u r minds t o s tay he r e let m e dart an arrow ;

and if it d r ops soo n we s hall s tay but i f it flies afar ,

we s hall n o t tar r y he r e Kal e l e al u ak a darted his

.

a rr ow while his companions looked o n i ntently The

, .

arr ow fl ew al ong pass i ng ove r many a h ill and valley

, ,

and finally rested beyond K e k u ap o i while they fol ,

lowed the di r ectio n o f its wonde r ful flight K al e l ea .

l u ak a sent h is companions o n to find the a rr ow telling ,

them at the same time t o go to the V illages and get

some awa roots fo r d r ink while h e would r emain there
,

and put up a s helte r fo r them .

O n thei r way the two co m panions o f K al e l eal u ak a

encounte r ed a numbe r of women washing kalo in a
s t r eam and o n asking them if they had seen their
,

arr o w flying that way they r eceived an impertinent

an swe r ; whe r eupo n they called out the name o f the
a r ro w P u a n e P u a n e and it came to their hand s
,
“ —
,
—
,

at o nce At thi s the women ran away fr ightened at

.
,

the marvel .

The t wo boy s then s e t t o gathe r ing awa roots as ,

they had been hi d de n S eeing them picking up .

worthle s s fr agments a kind hea r ted old man who

, ,

tu r ned out to be the konohiki o f the land sent by his ,

servant s an abundance o f good food to K al e l eal u ak a .

 K A L E LEA LU A K A 87

O n their return the b oys found to their a s toni s hment

, ,

that du r ing thei r absence K al e l e al u ak a had put up a

fine large house which was all complete bu t the mats
, ,

to co v e r the fl oors The kind hearted kon o/z i li

.
-

remarked this and i mmediately sent her se r vant s to

,

fetch mats fo r the floors and sets of kapa fo r b edding ,

“
adding the command And with t h e m b r i n g along
, _

some m al os ( girdles used by the m ales ) Soo n all .

their wants were supplied and the three y ouths were

,

set up i n housekeeping To these services the kono

.

hiki through his attendants added still others ; some

, ,

chewed and strained the awa while others cooked and ,

sp r ead for them a b ountiful repast The three youths .

ate and drank and u nder the d r o wsy influence o f the

,

awa they slep t until t h e little bi r ds that peopled the

wi l dernes s about them waked them with their mo r ning
songs ; then they roused and found the sun al r eady
climbing the heavens .

N ow K al e l e al u ak a called to his com r ade s and s aid

, , ,
”
Rouse up and let us go to cultivating To this they .

agreed and each o n e set to work i n his o wn way wo r k

, ,

ing his own piece o f ground The ground p r epa r ed by

.

K al e l eal u ak a was a s trip o f great length reaching from ,

the mountain down towa r d the ocean Thi s he cleared .

and planted the same day H is t wo companions how

.
,

eve r spen t seve r al day s in clea r ing thei r g ro und and

, ,

then several days more i n planting it While these .

youths occupied their mou ntain home the people of ,

that regio n were well supplied with food The only .

lack of Kal e l e al u ak a and h is comrades was animal food

( literally fi,
sh
) but
,
they s upplied i t s place as well as
88 H AWAI I AN F O LK TA LE S
they could with s uch he r b s as the tende r leave s o f the
popolo which they cooked like s pi nach and with
, ,

i n am o n a made fr om the roa s ted nut s o f the kukui t r ee

( A l eu r i t es m ol l n eoa n a
) .

O ne day as they were eking o u t thei r frugal meal

,

with a m e ss o f popolo cooked by the lad fr om Wai !

a n ae,
K al e l e al u ak a was g r eatly di sgusted at seeing a
worm i n that po r tion that the youth was eating and ,

the r eupo n nicknamed him Kein olz oom ana wa n ui ( slove n ,

o r mo r e lite r all y the pe r s i s tently unclean ) The name

, .

eve r afte r stuck t o him This s ame fellow had the .

mi s fortune o ne evening t o inj u r e o n e o f his eyes by

, ,

the explo sio n o f a kukui nut which he was r oasting o n

the fi r e A s a result that membe r was afli ict e d with
.
,

so r enes s and fi nally became b linded But their life

,
.

agr eed with them and the youth s throve and i nc r ea s ed

,

in statu r e and g r ew t o be s tout and lust y young men

,
.

N o w it happened that ever s ince thei r s tay at thei r

,

mountain house L el epu a ( a rr ow flight ) they had kept

, ,

a to r ch bu r ning all night which was s een by Kaku ,

h i h e wa the King o f Oahu and had cau s ed him

, ,

u nea s iness .

O n e fine evening when they had eaten thei r fill ,

and had gone t o bed K al e l e al u ak a called to K e i n o h o o

,
”
m a n a w an u i and s aid “
H alloo the r e
,
! a r e you a s leep ?

And he replied N o ; have I d r unk awa ? I am

“
,

re s tle s s M y eye s will n o t close

. .

“
Well s aid K al e l e al u ak a when y o u a r e restle ss at
,
“
,
”
night what does your mind find t o d o ?
,

“
Nothing said the Sloven ,
.

I find something t o think about s aid K al el e al u ak a , .

 KA LEL EA L U A K A 89
”
What is that ? said the Sloven .

Let us wi s h (kako literally to lust ) said

, , , K al e l e a
l u ak a .

”
“
What S hall we wish ? s aid the S loven .

Whatever ou r hearts mo s t earne s tly desire s aid ,

Kal e l eal u ak a The r eupo n they both wi s hed The

. .

S loven i n acco r dance with his natu r e wi s hed fo r

, ,

things to eat the eels from the fi s h pond o f H ana

,
—
,
-

l o a ( i n the di s t r ict o f Ewa ) to be cooked i n an oven

,

together with sweet potatoe s and a b owl o f awa , .

“ ”
P s haw what a beggarly wish ! s aid K al e l e al u ak a
, .

I thought y o u had a r eal wish I have a genui n e .

wi s h Listen : The beautiful daughters of K ak u h i

.

hewa to be my wives ; his fatted pigs and dogs to be

baked fo r u s ; his choice kalo s uga r cane and b a n ana s , ,

t o be s erved up fo r us ; that K ak u h ih e wa h imself send

and get timbe r and build a hou s e for u s ; that he pull

the famou s awa o f K ah au o n e ; that the King s end and
fetch u s t o him ; that he chew the awa fo r us in h is
own m outh s tr ain and pou r it fo r u s and give u s t o
, ,

d r ink until we are happy an d then take u s t o our

,

hou s e .

T r embling with fear at the audaciou s ambition o f

“

his concupiscent companio n the S loven replied “

If
, ,

your wish s hould come to the ear s of the K ing we ,

shall die ; indeed we s hould die ,

.

I n t r uth as they we r e talking togethe r and utte r ing

,

thei r wi s he s K ak u h ih e wa had a rr ived and was all the

, ,

time li s tening to thei r conve r satio n fr om the out s ide

of thei r hou s e When the King had heard their c o n
.

ve r satio n he thrust his s pea r into the g r ound outside

9 0 H AWAI I AN F O LK TAL E S
the inclo s u r e about K al e l e al u ak a s house and by the
’

spea r placed his stone hatchet ( p a boa ) and i m m e d i ,

ately retu r ned t o his residence at Puuloa Upon h i s .

a r rival at home that night King K ak u hih ewa com

m an d e d his stewa r d s to p r epare a feast and then su m ,

“
m o n e d h i s chiefs and table companions and said Let ,

u s su
p . When all was ready and they had seated them
”
selves the King s aid Shall we eat o r shall we talk ?
, , ,

One o f them r eplied : I f it plea s e the King pe r hap s

“
,

it we r e better fo r him t o speak fir s t ; it may be what

h e h as to say touches a matter o f life and death ; the r e
”
fo r e let him s peak and we will listen
,
.

Then K ak u h i h e wa told them the whole s tory o f the

ligh t seen in the mountains and o f the wi s he s o f Kale
,

l e al u ak a and the S lo v en .

Then up spoke the soldie r s and said : Death ! “

,

Thi s man i s worthy to be put to death ; but as fo r the

other o n e let him live
,
.

“
H old s aid the Ki ng n o t s o fast ! Before con
, ,

d e m n i n g him t o d eat h I will call to gethe r the W i se

,

men p r iests ; wizard s and sooth sayers ; pe r chance they

, ,

will find that thi s i s the man t o ove r come Kualii in

”
battle . The r eupo n all the wise men prie s ts wiza r d s , , ,

and s ooth s ayers we r e immediately summo ned and afte r ,

the King had explained the whole s to r y to them they

ag r eed with the opinion o f the s oldiers Agai n the .

King inte r po s ed delay and s aid Wait until my wi s e

,
“
,

kahuna N ap u aik am ao comes ; if his O pi nion ag r ees

with you r s then i ndeed let the man be put to death ;
, , ,

but i f he is wi s e r than y o u the man shall live B ut

, .

you will have eaten thi s food in vain .

 KAL E L EA L U A K A 9 1

S o the King sent one o f h is fl e e t e s t r unne r s to g o

and fetch N ap u aik am ao To him the King s aid I .
“
,

have sent for you to decide what is j u s t and right i n

the case of the s e two men wh o lived up i n the region
”
of Waipio Then he went o n to s tate the whole case
.

to this Wi s e man .

“
I n regard to K e in o h o o m an awan u i s wish said the ’

“
wise man that i s an i nnocent wi s h bu t it is p r o fi t l ess
, ,
”
and will bring no b le s sing A t the narratio n of Kale .

l e al u ak a s wish he i ncli ned his head as i f i n thought ;

’

then lifting his head he looked at the King and s aid ,

“
O King as for this man s wish it i s an ambition which
,
’

will b r ing victory to the government N o w then send .

, ,
”
all your people and fetch house timber and awa -
.

As soon as the wise man h ad given this opinion the ,

Ki ng commanded his chief ma r shal M aliu h aain o t o , ,

set eve r y o ne to work to carr y o u t the directio ns o f

this counsellor This was done and before break
.
,

o f day eve r y m an woman and child i n the di s trict

, ,
'

of Ewa a great multitude was o n the move

, , .

N o w when the Sloven awoke i n the morni n g and

,

went o u t of doo r s he fou nd the stone hatchet ( p a b oa)

,

o f the King with his spear , s tanding outside o f t h e , .

house O n seeing thi s he rushed b ack into the house

.

and e x claimed to his comrades Ala s ! o u r wi s he s have

“
,

been overheard b y the Ki ng ; here a r e his hatchet

and his spear I said that if the King hea r d u s we
.

should die and he has i ndeed h eard us But yours

, .

was the fatal ambition ; mine was only an i nnocent

”
wi s h
.

Even while they we r e talking the babble of the ,

9 2 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALES
multitude d r ew nea r and the Sloven e x claimed Our
, ,
“

”
death approache s !
K al e l e al u ak a replied “
That is not fo r ou r death ; it
,

i s the people coming to get timbe r fo r our house s .

B ut the fear o f the S lo ven would not be quieted .

The multitude pres s ed on and by the time the last ,

o f them had reached the mountain the foremo s t had

r etu r ned t o the s e a coast and had begun to prepare the

-

foundations fo r th e houses to dig the hole s for the ,

po s ts t o bind o n the rafte r s and the small pole s o n

,

which they tied the thatch until the houses were done , .

M eantime some we r e b usy baki ng the pigs and the

,

o i fed dogs in oven s ; some i n b r inging the eels of

-
p
K an al o a and cooking them with potatoes i n an oven
by themselve s .

The house s a r e completed eve r yt h ing is r eady the , ,

grand ma r shal M al i u h aai n o h as j u s t ar r ived i n fr ont

, ,

of the hou s e o f the ambitious youth K al e l e al u ak a and ,

”
call s o u t K e i n o h o o m an awan u i come out ! an d he
“
,
”
come s o u t t r em b ling
,
“
K al e l e al u ak a come out ! and
.
,

he fi r st sends o u t the boy Kalub e and then comes forth

hi m s elf and stands outside a s plendid youth The
ma r shal s tands gazing at him i n be w
.
,

ilde r ment and

admi r ation When he has regained his equanimity
.

he sa y s to him M ount o n my b ack and let u s go

“
,
”
down .

“
N 0 said K al el e al u ak a I will go by myself and
,
“
, ,

do y o u walk ahead I will follow afte r ; but do not

.

look behind y o u lest you die , .

A s soon as they had sta r ted down K al e l e al u ak a was ,

tran spo r ted t o K u aik u a i n H e l em an o There he , .

94 H AWAI I AN F O L K TALE S
to him Come in ! this is your hous e all becau s e h is
,
“
,

little fr iend K al u h e whose eyes had often been fi l led

,

with smoke while cooking l u au and roasting kukui

nuts fo r him had not been included in the invitation
, ,

and he saw that n o provision had been made fo r h im .

When this was satisfactorily arranged K al e l eal u ak a

and his little fr iend ente r ed and sat down to eat The .

King with his own hand poured o u t awa for Kal el e a

, ,

l u ak a brought him a gou r d of wate r to rinse his

,

mouth o ff e r ed him food and waited upon him till he

, ,

had supplied all his wants .

N o w when K al e l e al u ak a had well d r unken and was

, ,

b eginning to feel drows y fr om the awa the lame ,

marshal came in and led him to the two daughters o f

Kak u hih e wa and fr om that time these two lovely girls
,

were his wives .

PAR T III

Thus they lived fo r perhaps thi r ty days ( b e m a n

when a mes s enger a rr ived announcing that
a n a bu l u
) , ,

Kualii was making war at M o an al u a The soldie r s .

o f K ak u h i h e wa quickly made themselves ready and ,

amo ng them K e i n o h o o m an awan u i went ou t t o battle .

The lame marshal had sta r ted fo r the scene the night
before .

O n the morning o f the day o f battle Kal e l e al u ak a ,

s aid t o his wives that he had a g r eat hanke r ing fo r

s ome s h r imps and m os s which mu s t be gathered in a

,

pa r ticula r way and that nothing el s e would please his

,

appetite The r eupo n they dutifully s e t o u t t o O btain

.
,

the s e things fo r him As soo n as they h ad gone fr om

.
 K A LELEA L U A KA 95
the house Kal e l e al u ak a fl e w to Waianae and arrayed
himself with w r eaths o f the fi n e leaved m a il e ( M ai l e
-

l a u l ii) which is peculiar to that region

, Thence he .

fl e w to N ap e h a where the lame marshal M aliu h aai n o

, , ,

was painfu lly climbing the hill o n his way to battle .

K al e l e al u ak a cheerily greeted him and the following ,

dialogue occu r red :

K
.
“
Whither a r e you trudging M al iu h aain o ? ,

M .
“
What ! do n t you know about the wa r ?
’

K
. Let me ca rr y you .

“
M . H o w fast you travel ! Where are you from ?
”
K
. From Waianae .

“
M . So I s e e from yo ur wreath s Yes carry me .
, ,

and Waianae shall be you r s .

At the word K al el e al u ak a picked up the c r ipple and

se t \hi m down o n an eminence m a uka of the b attle
“
field saying R emai n you here and watch me I f I
, , .

am killed i n the fight you r eturn by the same way we

,

came and report to the King .

K al e l e al u ak a then addressed him s elf to the battle ,

b ut before attacking the enemy he revenged himsel f o n

those who had m oc k ed and j eered at him fo r n o t j oin
ing the forces of K ak u hih ewa Thi s done he turned.
,

h i s hand against the enemy who at the time were ,

advancing and inflicting severe lo s s in the King s ’

a r my .

To what shall we compa r e the prowess of our hero ?

A man was plucked and torn in his hand as if he were
but a leaf The commotion i n the ranks o f the
.

enemy was as when a powerful waterfowl lashes the

water with his wing s ( O k a ena e ka m anu Ke a l e nei ka ,
9 6 H AWAI I A N FO LK TA L E S
waz) . K al e l e al u ak a moved forwa r d i n his wo r k of
de s t r uction until he had slain the c aptain who stood
beside t h e rebel chief Kualii From the fallen cap
, .

tain he took his feather cloak and helmet and cut

o ff his right ear and th e little finge r o f his r ight hand .

Thus ended the s laughte r that day .

The enthu s ia s m o f the c r ipple was r ou s ed to the

highest pitch o n witnessing the achievements o f Kale
l e al u ak a and he determi ned to re t u r n and r epo r t that
,

he had never seen his equal o n the battlefield .

K al e l e al u ak a r etu r ned to Puuloa and hid the feathe r

cloak and helmet u nder the mats o f his b ed and hav ,

ing fa s tened the dead captain s ear and little finger to

’

the S ide o f the house lay down a n d slept

, .

After a while when the t wo women his wive s

, , ,

retu r ned with the moss and sh r imp s he complained ,

that the moss was not gathe r ed a s he had d i r ected ,

and that they had been go ne such a long time that his
appetite had entirely left him and he would n o t eat ,

of what they had b r ought At this the elder sister

,

said nothing but the younger one mutte r ed a few

,

wo r d s t o he r s elf ; and as they were all ve r y tired they

soon went to sleep .

They had slept a long whil e wh e n the t r amp o f th e

’

soldie r s o f K ak u h ih e wa was heard r etu r ni ng fr om the

,

battle The King immediately a s ked h o w the battle

.

had gone The soldie r s answe r ed that the b attle had

.

gone well but that K e i n o h o o m an awan u i alone had

,

g r eatly di s tingui s hed himsel f To this the King r eplied

.

he did not b elieve that the Sloven was a g r eat wa r rior ,

bu t when the c r ippl e retu r ned he would learn th e t r uth .

9 s H AWAI I A N F O LK TALE S
ward I shall n o t relish it if i t is taken with the
.

”
snout turned up N o w K al e l e al u ak a knew that they
.
,

could not fill the calaba s h if h eld this way b ut he ,

r e s orted to thi s artifice to p r e vent the t wo young

‘

women from knowing of his miraculous flight to the

battle As soo n as the young women had g o t out
.

o f sight he hastened to Waialua and a r rayed himself

i n the rough and shaggy wreaths of nki fr om the '

lagoons o f U k o a and of bina /zi na fr om Kealia Thus .

arr ayed he alighted b ehi nd the lame mars hal as he

,

climbed the hill at N ap e h a slapped him o n the back

, ,

exchanged g r eetings with him and received a compli ,

ment on his speed ; and when asked whence he came he ,

answe r ed fr om Waialua The shre wd obse r vant crip

.
,

ple recognized the w r eaths as being tho s e of W aialua ,

but he did n o t r ecognize the man fo r the wreaths ,

with which K al el e al u ak a had deco r ated himself were

o f such a colo r b r ownish g r ay as to give him the
— —

appea r ance o f a man of middle age H e lifted the .

c r ipple as before and s e t him down on the br ow o f

,

Pu o wai n a ( Punch Bowl H ill ) and received fr om the ,

g r ateful c r ipple as a rewa r d for his service all the

, ,

land o f Waialua fo r his own .

This done Kal e l e al u ak a repeated the pe r fo r mances

,

o f the p r evious battle The enemy melted away

.

before h i m whicheve r way h e tu r ned H e stayed

, .

his hand o nly when he had slain the captain o f the

host and st r ipped him o f his feather cloak and hel
met taking al s o his right ear and little fi nger The
, .

speed with which K al e l e al u ak a r etu r ned to his home

at Puu loa was like the flight o f a bird The .
 K A L ELE A L U A K A 99

S poils and trop hies o f this battle he disposed o f as

befo r e .

The t wo young women K al e l e al u ak a s wives t u rned

,
’

the nozzle o f the water gou r d downwa r d as they we r e

—
,

bidden and continued to p r ess i t into th e wate r i n

, ,

the vain hope that it might r i s e and fill their c o n

t ai n e r until th e noonday s u n began t o pour h i s rays
,

di r ectly upo n thei r heads ; but n o water entered thei r

calaba s h Then the younger S ister p r oposed t o the
.

elder t o fill the calabash i n the u s ual way say ing that ,

K al e l e al u ak a would n o t know the di ff erence This .

they did and returned home

,
.

K al e l e al u ak a would not drink o f t h e water declaring ,

that i t had been dipped up At this the younge r wife

.

laughed furtively ; the elde r broke forth and said : I t “

is du e to the slowness o f the way you told us t o

employ i n getting the water We are n o t accustomed .

to the menial o ff ice of fetching wate r ; o u r father treated

us delicately and a man always fetched water for u s
, ,

and we always used to s e e him p our t h e water into

the gourd with the nozzle turned up but you t r ickily ,

ordered us to tu r n the nozzle down You r exaction s .

a r e heartles s .

Thus the women kept complaining until by and ,

b y the tramp o f the retu r ni ng soldie r s was h eard who

, ,

we r e b oa s ting of the g r eat deeds o f K e i n o h o o m an a

wan u i. Th e King however said :
,
“
I d o n o t believe
,

a wo r d of your talk ; when my c r ipple comes h e will

tell me the truth I d o not b elieve that K e in o h o o
.

m an awa n u i is an athlete S uch is the opinion I have

.

formed o f him But the r e is a powerful man Kale

.
,
100 H AWAI I A N F O LK TAL E S
l e al u ak a, h e were to go into b attle I am confident
—
if
he would perform wonder s Such is the opinion I
“

have fo r med of him after careful study , .

S o the King waited for the r eturn of the cripple

until night and all night u ntil nearly dawn Whe n
, .

finally the lame mar s hal arrived the King prudently ,

abstai ned fro m questioning him u ntil he had rested

a while and taken b reath ; then h e obtained from him
the whole S to r y o f this new he r o from Waialua ,

whose name he did not know but who he declared , , ,

r esembled the King s s o n i n l aw K al e l e al u ak a

’
- -
, .

Again o n a certain day came the repo r t o f an attack

, ,

by Kual i i at Ku l ao k ah u a and the battle was to be o n

,

the morrow The cripple as u sual started o ff the

.
, ,

evening before I n th e mo r ning K al e l e al u ak a called

.
,

“
t o his wive s and said : Where are y o u ? Wake up
, .

I wish y ou t o bake a fowl for me D o it thus : Pluck .

it ; do n o t cut it open but r emove the inwa r ds through

,

the opening behind ; then stu ff i t with l uau fr om the

same end and bake it ; by no means cut it open lest
, ,

you spoil the taste of it .

A S soon as they had left the house he flew to

Kahuku and ado r ned his neck with w r eaths of the
pandanu s fr uit and his head with the flowers o f th e
suga r cane thus enti r ely changing his appea r ance and
,

making him look like a g r ay hai r ed o l d man As o n —

.

p r evious days he paused behind the c r ipple and

,

g r eeted him with a fr iendly S lap o n the bac k Then .

he kindly lifted the lam e man and se t him down at

Pu o wai n a I n r eturn fo r thi s act of kindness the
.

c r ipple gave him the district of Koolau .

102 HAWAI I A N F O LK TALE S
t he foot s teps of the c r ipple we r e hea r d at the King s ’

door which he entered sitting down within Af te r

, , .

a s hort time the Ki ng asked him about the battle .

“
The valo r and p r owess of thi s thi r d man were even
g r eate r than those of the p r evious one s ; yet all three
resemble each other This day howeve r h e fi r st
.
, ,

avenged him s elf by s laying those who had s poken ill

o f him H e killed the captain of Ku alii s army and ’
.

took h is feathe r cloak and helmet O n my return .

”
he lifted me as fa r as Waipahu .

I n a fe w day s agai n came a r epo r t that Kual u had

an a r my at a p l ace called K ah ap aak ai in Nuuanu , .

M al iu h aain o immediately ma r s halled his fo r ce s and

started for the scene o f battle the same evening .

Early the next morning K al e l eal u ak a awakened his

wive s and said to them : Let us breakfa s t but do
,
“
,

o u t wo eat quietly i n your o wn house and I in my

y ,

hou s e with the dogs ; and d o not come until I call

”
S o they did and the t wo women went and
y ou .
,

b r eakfasted by themselve s At his o wn hou s e Kale .

l e al u ak a o r de r ed K al u h e t o s tir up the dogs and keep

them b a r king until h is retu r n Then he s p r ang away .

and lighted at K ap ak ak o l e a whe r e he ove r took the ,

c r ipple whom afte r the usual inte r change o f g r eeting s

, , ,

he lifted and s e t down at a place called W ao l an i

,
.

O n thi s day h is fi r st action was t o smite and slay

tho s e wh o had re v iled him at his o wn doo r That .

done he made a g r eat s laughte r among the soldie r s

,

of Kualii ; then tu r ning he seized K e i n o h o o m an a

, ,

wa n u i th r ew him down and a s ked him h o w he became

,

blinded in o n e eye .
 K A LE L EA L U A K A 1 03

“
I t was lost said the Sloven fr om the t hrust
, ,
“

”
of a spear in a combat with O l o p an a
, .

”
“
Yes to b e sure said K al e l eal u ak a while you
, ,
“
,

and I were livi ng together at Wailuku you b eing on ,

one side of the stream and I o n the other a kukui ,

nut burst i n the fire and that was the spear that put
,

out your eye .

When the Sloven heard this he hung his head , .

T h en Kal e l eal u ak a seized him t o put him t o death ,

wh en the spear of the Sloven pierced the fleshy part

o f K al e l e al u ak a s left arm and i n plucking it o u t the
’

spear head remained in the wound

-
.

Kal e l e al u ak a killed K e i n o h o o m an awan u i and b e

headed him and running t o the cripple laid the
, , ,

t r ophy at his feet wi th the words : I p r esen t you

“
,
”
M al iu h aai n o with the head o f K e i n o h o o m an awan u i
, .

This done h e returned to the battle and went o n

, ,

slaying until he had advanced t o the captain of

Ku al ii s forces whom he killed and spoiled of his
’

feather cloak and helmet .

When Kualii saw that his chief captain the bulwark ,

o f his power was slain he retreated and fled up

, ,

N uuanu Valley pursued by Kal e l e al u ak a wh o over

, ,

took him at the head o f the valley H ere Kualii .

“
surrendered himself saying : Spare my life The ,
.

land shall all g o to K ak u h ih e wa and I will dwell on ,

i t as a loyal subj ect under him and create no distur b

”
ance as long as I live .

To this the hero replied : “

Well said ! I spare
your life on these terms But if you at any time .

m ent a rebellion I will take your life ! So then

, , ,
1 04 H AWAI I AN F O LK TAL E S
return and live quietly at hom e and do not s tir up
,
”
any wa r in Koolau . Thu s wa r ned Kaulli s e t out to
,

retu r n to the deep blue palis o f Koolau

“

While the lame marshal was t r udgi ng homewa r d ,

bea r ing the head o f the Sloven Kal e l e al u ak a alighted

,

fr om his flight at his house and havi n g disposed in

,

h is usual manner o f h is spoil s immediately called

-
,

t o h i s wives to rej oin him at his o wn house .

The next mo r ning after the su n was wa r m the

, ,

c r ipple arrived at the house o f the Ki ng i n a state

o f g r eat excitement and was immediately questioned
,

by him as to the issue o f the battle “

The b attle
.

” “
was altogether successful said the marshal ,
but ,

K e i n o h o o m an awan u i was killed I brought his head

.

along with me and placed it o n the altar m auka

o f K alawao . But I would advi se you t o s end at once
you r fl e e t es t runners thr ough Kona and Koolau c o m ,

man d ing eve r ybody t o as semble i n o n e place that I ,

may review them and pick out and vaunt as the

b r avest that o n e whom I shall recogni z e by certain
mark s fo r I have noted him well : he is wounded
—

i n the left a r m .

N o w K ak u h ih e wa s t wo swiftest ru nne r s ( k u ki ni )
’

were K e ak e al an i and K u h e l e m o an a They we r e s o

fleet that they could compass Oahu sixtimes in a
.

fo r enoon or twelve time s i n a whole day These t wo

, .

we r e s ent to call togethe r all the men o f th e King s ’

domain The men o f Waianae came that same

.

day and stood i n r eview o n the sandy plain s of

Pu u loa B ut among them all was n o t o n e wh o bo r e
.

the ma r k s s ought fo r Then came the men o f Kona

.
,
 K A LE L EA L U A K A 10
5
of Waialua and o f Koolau but the man was not
, ,

found .

Then the lame marshal ca m e and Stood b efore the

King and said : Your b o nes shall rest i n peace
“
,

Kalani You had b etter send n o w and s ummon your

.

s o n i n l aw t o come and stand before me ; for h e is the

- -

”
m an . Then K ak u hih ewa arose and went himself t o
the house o f his s o n i n l aw and called t o his d au g h
- -
,

ters that he had com e to get their husband to go an d

‘

S tand before M aliu h aai n o .

Then K al e l e al u ak a lifted up the mats o f his b ed and

took out the feather cloaks and the helmets and
arrayed his t wo wives an d K al u h e and himself Put
, , .

ting them i n li ne he stationed the elder of his wives

,

fi r s t next to her the younger and thi r d K al u h e and

, , ,

placi ng himself at the rear of the file he gave the ,

order t o m arch and thus accompanied he went forth

,

t o obey the King s command

’
.

The lame m ar s hal s aw them coming and i n ecstasy ,

h e prostrated himself and rolled over i n the dust .

The feather cloak and the helmet o n your elder

daughter are the ones taken fr om the cap tain of Ku alii s ’

a r my i n the first day s fight ; those o n your second

’

d a u ghter from the captai n of the second day s fight ;

’

while tho s e o n K al e l e al u ak a himself are from the cap

tain killed i n the battle o n the fourth day You will .

li v e but pe r hap s I shall die since he is wea r y of

, ,
”
carrying m e .

The lame mars hal went o n praising and eulogizing

K al e l e al u ak a as he drew near Then add r es s ing the
.

he r o he said : I recognize you having met y o u

,
“
,
106 H AWAI I AN F O LK TAL E S
before Now S how your left a r m to the King and to
.

this whole assembly that they may s e e where you

,

were wou nded by the spear .

Then K al e l e al u ak a bared his left arm and displayed

his wound t o the astonished multitude . Thereupo n
“
K ak u hi h e wa said : K al e l e al u ak a and my daughters
,

d o y o u take cha r ge of the kingdom and I wil l pass

,

into the rank s o f the common people under you .

Afte r this a n ew ar r angement of the lands was made ,

and the count r y had peace until the death of K ak u h i

hewa ; K al e l e al u ak a al s o lived peacefully until death
took him .
10 8 H AWAI I AN F O LK TA LE S
of nationalities and peculiar characteri s tics among the
pygmies of H awaii as among the Brownies of story .

Tradition naturally represents them as of one race ,

and al l nimble workers ; not a gentleman dude or ,

policeman in the whol e lot Unlike the i nquisitive

.

a n d mischievou s athletes of present fame the original ,

and genuine Brownies known as the M e n e hu n es are

, ,

referred to as an industrious race I n fact it was their

‘

.
,

alleged power to perfo r m a ma r vellous amount of

labor i n a short space of tim e that has fi x ed them in
the minds o f H awaiians many of whom point to cer
,

tain traces o f their work in various pa r ts of the islands

t o su b stantiate the traditio nal claim of their e x istence .

Meeting thus with occasional references t o this

active r ace but mostly i n a vague way it h as been a
, ,

matter of inte r esting i nquiry among H awaiians some ,

of whom were noted kaa o or legend bearers for

,
-
,

furthe r knowledge o n the subj ect V e r y naturally

.

thei r ideas di ff er respecting the M e n e h u n es Some .

t r eat the subj ect with g r avity and re spect and e x press
,

the belief that they were the original inhabitants of

these islands but gradually gave way to the heavier
,

bodied ancestors o f the present race ; others consider

that the hi s tory o f the race has been fo r gotten through
the lapse of ages ; while the more intelligen t and b etter
educated look upo n the M e n e h u n es as a mythical class
o f gnomes o r dwarfs and the account of their exploits
,

as having been handed down b y tradition fo r social

ente r tainment as other peoples relate fairy stories
, .

I n the Hawaiian legend o f Ku m u h o n u a F o r n an der,

states that the Polynesians we r e de signated as the “

 STO R I ES O F T H E M E N E H U N ES 109

people descendants fr om M enehune s o n o f Lua

,
”

Nuu etc I t disappeared as a national name s o long

, .

ago however that subsequent legend s have changed

, ,

it to a term of reproach representing them at times as

,

a separate race and sometimes as a race of dwarfs

, ,
”
skilful laborers but artful and cun ning ,
.

I n the following accoun t and selection of s tories

gathered from various native sources as lite r al a r en ,

d ition as possi b le has been observed by the tran s lators

fo r the better insight it gives o f H awaiian thought
and character .

M O KE M AN U ’
S A CC O U N T

The M e n e hu n e s were supposed to have been a won

d e r fu l people small of stature and of great activity
, .

They were always united in doing any service required

“

o f them I t was their r ule that any work u nde r taken

.

must be completed in o n e night otherwise i t would b e ,

left unfinished as they did not la b or twice o n the same

,

“
work ; hence the origin of the saying : H e p o b ooka bi ,

a a o ua
p au in one night
,
and by dawn i t is fi n,

is h e d .

There is no relia b le history of the M e n e h u n e s No .

o n e knows whence they came though tradition says ,

they were the original people o f the H awaiian I slands .

They are thought to have b een supernatural beings ,

governed b y some o ne higher i n rank than them s elve s ,

whom they recognized as having power and authority

over them that assigned them to the mou ntains and
,

hills where they lived permanently They were said .

t o be the only i nha b itants o f the islands up t o the time

1 10 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALE S
of Papa and W ak e a and were i nvi si b le to every one
,

bu t their own de s cendants or those connected with

,

them i n some way Many person s co u l d h e ar the

.
’

noise and hum of their voices but the gift of s e e ,

ing them with the naked eye was denied to those

not akin to them They were always willing to do
.

the bidding of t heir desce ndants and their super ,

natu r al powers enabled them to perfo r m some won

d e r fu l works.

PI ’
S W AT ER C O U R S E
Pi was an ordinary man living in Waimea Kauai , ,

who wanted to construct a m a no or dam across , ,

the Waimea River and a watercou r se the r efr om to a

p oint near K ik iao l a H aving settled upon the best
.

locati ons for his proposed work he went up t o the ,

mountains and ordered all the M e n e h u n e s that were

living near P u u k ap e l e to prepa r e stones fo r the dam
and wate r cou r se The M e n e hu n e s we r e portioned o ff
.

for the wo r k ; some to gathe r stones and others to cut ,

them All the material was ready in no time ( m ana

.

wa ol e) and Pi settled upon the night when the work

,

was to be done W hen the time came he went t o the

.

point where the dam was to b e built and waited At , .

the dead of night he heard the noise and hum of the

voices of the M e n e hu n e s o n their way t o K ik iao l a ,

each of whom was carrying a S tone The dam was .

duly constructed eve r y stone fitting i n its proper

,

place and the stone a u wa i or watercours e al s o laid

, , ,

a r ound the bend o f K i k iao l a Befo r e the break o f

.

day the work was completed and the wate r of the ,

112 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALE S
of the A l a Koial a a Ka n e for a t o y for his s o n landing
-
,

at Punaluu Kau H awaii where he was killed i n a

, , ,

cave called Keana a K au al e hu - -

.

After a long absence Laka asked for h is father and ,

his mother r efe r red him t o his grandmother who , ,

on being questioned told him that his father went to

,

H awaii and was supposed to be dead Laka then

, .

asked for mean s by which he could sea r ch for his

~

fath er .

“
H is grandmother replied : Go to the mountains
and look fo r the tree that has leaves shaped like the
m oon on the night of H ilo or H o ak a ; such is the ,
”
t r ee for a canoe .

Laka followed this advice and went to the moun ,

tains to find the t r ee fo r his canoe Finding a suit .

able o ne he commenced t o cut i n the morning and

, ,

by sundown he had felled it to the ground Thi s .

accomplished he went h ome Returning th e next

, .

day to his su r prise he could not find his fallen tree

, ,

so he cut down anothe r with the same result ,

Laka .

was thus t r icked for seve r al days and in h is pe r plexity ,

consulted again with h is g r andmothe r who sent him ,

o ff with t h e s ame advice as b efore to look for the ,

crescent shaped leaf

- .

H e went to the mou ntains again and found the

desired tree but befo r e cutti ng it he dug a big hole o n
,

the side where the Kalala Kam ah e l e would fall Upo n

- .

cutting the tree it fell right i nto the hole o r tr e nch as ,

designed ; then he j umped i nto it and lay i n waiting

fo r the pe r s on o r person s who were re erecting the
trees he had cut down fo r his canoe .
S C EN E FRO M TH E R O A D OVER N UU A N U PA LI
1 14
. H A WAI I AN F O LK TA L E S
t he level g r ound o f Pu hik au Then he went up to .

the woods and saw the canoe ready and complete , .

The M e n e h u n e s told Laka that i t would be brought

to the halau that night At the dead of night the hum.

o f t h e voices o f the M e n e h u n e s was heard ; this was

the commencement o f the lifting of the canoe I t .

was n o t dragged but held up by hand The second

,
.

hum of voices b r ought the canoe to H al o am e k ie i at ,

Pu e o And at the third hum the canoe was ca r efully

.

laid down in the halau Food and fish were there .

s p r ead o u t fo r the wo r kers the b a of the ta r o fo r food

, ,

and the opae and o o p u fo r fish At dawn the M ene .

hu nes retu r ned to thei r home K u ah al au was the .

name o f the halau the remains o f the foundation of

,

which we r e t o be s een a fe w years ago but n o w it is ,

ploughed ove r The hole dug by Laka s till e x ists

. .

C AN O E
K EKU PU A S
’

Kakae a chief lived at Wahiawa Ku k an il ok o Wai

, , , ,

alua Oahu O ne day his wife told him that she de

, .

si r ed to g o i n sea r ch o f her b r other Kah an aiak eak u a , ,

wh o was supposed t o be living at Tahiti Kakae .

the r eupon orde r ed his man Kekupua t o go into the

woods and find a suitable tree and make a canoe fo r
his wife fo r t his fo r eign voyage Kek u pua with a
,
.
,

number o f men under him sea r ched i n the forest belt ,

o f Wahiawa H e l e m a n o,
and W ao al a as also th r ough
, ,

the woods o f Koolau without s ucce s s From Kahana

, .

they made a search through the mountain s till they

came to Kil o h an a i n Kalihi Valley and from there
, ,

t o W ao l an i i n Nuuanu w h ere they slept i n a cave

, ,
.
 S TO RI E S O F TH E M E N E H U N E S I 1 5
’

I n the dead o f night t h e y h ear d the hum as o f human

voices but were unable t o discern any per s on though
, ,

the voices sounded close t o them At dawn s ilence .

re i gned again and w h en the su n arose l o and behold !

, , ,

there stood a large mou nd of stone s the etting o f ,

S

which resembled that o f a b eia u or temple the remains , ,

of which are said t o b e noticeable to this day .

Kekupua and his men returned t o their chief and

reported their unsuccessful search fo r a suitable koa
( A caci a koa tree fo r the desired canoe and related al s o
) ,

t h e i ncide nt at W ao l an i Kakae bei n g a descendant

.
,

of the M e n e hu n e s knew immediately the authors o f

,

the strange occurrence H e therefo r e i nstructed

.

Kekupua to proceed to M ak ah o and K am ak e l a and to

s tay there till the night o f Kane then o up to Puunui
g ,

and W ait till hearing the hum and noise of the M ene
’

hunes which would b e the S ignal o f their finishing the

,

canoe And t hu s i t was ; the M e n e hu n es h avin g fi n is h e d

.
,

the canoe were ready to pull i t t o the se a H e directed

, .

them to look S harp and t wo men would be noticed

,

holding the ropes at the p a ( or head ) o f the canoe .

O ne of them would leap from o n e side to the othe r ;

he was the director of the work and was called p a l e .

The r e would be some men farther behind holding the ,

ka wel ewel e o r guidi ng ropes

,
They were the ka lz u na s
-
.

that superintended the constructio n of the canoe H e .

reminded them to remembe r the s e directions and ,

when they saw these men to give them o r de r s and ,

show them the course to take i n pulling the canoe to

the sea .

Kekupua followed all these instructions faithfully .

1 16 H AWAI I AN FO LK TA LES
H e waited at Puunui till dusk when he heard a hum ,

as o f many voices and proceeding farther up near the

,

s lope o f Alewa he s aw these wonderful people They .

were like o r dinary human beings but diminutive H e .

di r ected them to pull the canoe along the n ae or ,

fa r ther S ide of the Puu n ui stream By this cou r se .

the canoe was b r ought down as far as K aal aa, near

W aik ah al u l u where when daylight came they left
, , ,

thei r b urden and returned to W ao l an i The canoe .

was l eft i n the ditch whe r e i t remained fo r many

,

generations and was called Kawa a Kekupua ( Keku

,
- —

pua s canoe ) in honor of the se r vant o f the chief

’

Kakae .

Thus even with the help of the M e n e hu n e s the

, ,

wife o f Kakae was not s atisfied i n h e r de s ire .

AS H E I AU BU I LD E R S
The M e n e hu n e s are c r edited with the construction
of numerous b ei aus ( ancient temples ) i n va r ious parts
of the i s lands .

The heiau of M o o k i n i nea r H o n o ipu Kohala is

, , ,

pointed out as an instance of their m arvellous wo r k .

The place selected for the S ite of the temple was on

a grassy plain The stones in the neare s t neigh b or
.

hood were for some reason not deemed suitable for

the work s o those of Po l o l u Valle y distant some
, ,

twelve miles were selected Tra d ition says the

,
.

M e n e hu n e s were placed in a line covering the entire

distance fr om Po l o l u t o H o n o ipu whe r eby the stones
,

we r e pas s ed fr om hand to hand for the enti r e work .

Work was begun at the quiet of night and at cock ,

K A H A LA O P U N A , PR I N CESS O F M AN OA
MRS . E
. M . N A K UIN A

KAAKA ( laughte r ) is a proj ecting spu r of the

A mountai n range at the head o f M anoa Valley ,

forming the ridge running back t o and above W aiak e

”
akua the water o f the god s
,
“
Akaaka was u nited in
.

marriage t o N al e hu aak aak a still r epresented b y some

,

lehua ( M et r osider os p oly m orp /z a ) b u s he s o n the ve r y

b r ow of the S pu r o r r idge They had two children
.
,

twins Kah au k an i a b o y and K au ak u ah in e a girl

, , , , .

The s e children we r e adopted at birth by a chief ,

K o l o wah i and chieftainess P o h ak u k al a wh o were

, , ,

brothe r and S i s ter and cousi ns ofAkaaka The b r other

, .

too k cha r ge o f the b o y K ah au k an i a s ynonyme fo r the

, ,

M anoa wind ; and Po h ak u k al a the gi r l K au ak u ahi n e , ,

meaning the famou s M anoa r ain When the children .

were grown up the fo s ter parents determined that

,

they should be united ; and the child r en having been ,

b r ought up separately and i n igno r ance o f thei r r ela

t i o n s h i p made no obj ections
,
They we r e accordingly
.

mar r ied and a gi r l was bo r n to them who was called ,

Kah al ao p u n a . Thus K o l o wahi and Po hak u k al a by ,

conspiring t o unite the twin b r other and siste r made ,

pe r manent the unio n o f rain and wind fo r which

11 8
 KA H A LA O P U N A I1
9

Manoa Valley is noted ; and the fruit o f such a union

was the mo s t beautiful woman of her time S o the .

M anoa girl s foster child r en of the M anoa rains and

,

winds have generally been supposed to have i nherited

,

the b eauty of K ah al ao pu n a .

A house was built for Kah al ao p u n a at K ahaiam an o

on the road t o W aiak e k u a whe r e s h e lived with a few
,

attendant s The house was su r rounded by a fence of

.

auki ( dr a e e na ) and a p u l ou l ou ( S ign of kapu ) was

e
,

placed o n each side of the gate indicative of fo r bid ,

den g r ound T he pu l o u l o u we r e S ho r t stout poles

.
, ,

each s u r mounted by a ball o f white kapa cloth and ,

indicated that the pe r s o n o r pe r s ons i nhabiting the

p r emises s o defined were of t he highest r ank and ,

sacred .

Kah al ao p u n a was very beautiful from her ea r lie s t

childhood H er cheeks were s o red and her face s o
.

bright that a glow emanated therefrom which shone

through the thatch of her hou s e whe n s h e was in ; a
rosy light s eemed t o envelop the house and b r ight ,

rays seemed t o play over i t constantly When S h e .

went t o bathe in the sp r ing below her h ouse the ray s ,

o f light surrounded he r like a halo The native s .

maintain that this b r ight light is still occa s ionally seen

at K ah aiam an o i ndicating that the spi r it of K ah al ao p u n a
,

is revisiting her o l d home .

S he was bet r othed in childhood to Kauhi the ,

young chief o f Kailua i n Koolau whose parents were

, ,

so sensible of the h onor of the contemplated u nio n o f

their s o n with th e Princess o f M anoa wh o was ,

deem ed of a sem i supernatural descent that they

-
,
1 20 H AWAI I AN FO LK TALE S
always s ent the p o i o f Kailua and the fi s h of Kawa i
nui fo r the gi r l s table S he was thus as it were
’
.
, ,

b r ought up enti r ely on the food of her p r ospective

’

husband .

W h e ri s h e was g r own to young womanhood S he ,

was so exqui s itely beautiful that the people of the

valley would make V i s its t o the oute r pu l o u l o u at the
sacred p r ecinct o f Lu aal e a the land adj oi ning K ah aia ,

mano j u s t t o get a glimp s e o f the beauty as sh e went

,

t o and fr om the sp r ing I n thi s way the fame o f he r

.

surpa s sing lo v eliness was sp r ead all ove r the valley ,

and came t o th e ea r s o f two men Ku m au n a and Kea ,

waa both of whom we r e disfigured by a cont r action o f

,

the lowe r eyelid s and were known as m a ka h el ei ,

( drawn eyes ) Neither o f

. these men had e ver seen
K ah al ao p u n a but they fell in love with her from hea t
,

sa and -n o t da r i ng to p r e s ent themselves to he r

y,

as suito r s o n account of their di sfigurement they ,

would weave and deck themselves l eis ( wreath s ) o f

maile ( A ly x i a ol i v ef or m is ) ginge r and fe r ns and go to
e
, ,

Waikiki fo r surf bathing While the r e they would -

.

indulge in b oasting o f thei r conque s t o f the famou s

beauty r ep r e s enting the lei s with which they we r e
,

d ecked as love gift s fr om K ah al ao p u n a

-
N o w when .
,

the s u r f o f K al e h u awe h e at Waikiki was in prope r

‘

condition it would attract people fr om all pa r ts of the

,

i sland t o enj oy the delightful spo r t Kauhi the .

,

bet r othed o f K ah al ao p u n a was o n e of these The ,

.

time s e t fo r his ma r riage t o K ah al ao p u n a was drawing

nea r and as yet he had n o t seen he r when the a ss e r
, ,

tion s o f the t wo m ak ah e l e i men came t o his ear s .

 KA H A LA O P U N A 12 1

These were repeated s o frequently that Kauhi finally

came to believe them and they so filled him with
,

j ealou s rage of his betrothed that he determined to

kill her H e started for M anoa at dawn and pro
.
,

ce e d e d as far as M ahin au l i in mid valley where

,
-
,

he re s ted under a hala ( P a ndanus odor a t issim us) tree

that g r ew in the grove of Wiliwili ( Ery t b r ina m ono
H e s at the r e some time broodin over the
p
s er m a.
) g ,

fancied inj ury to himself and nursing his wr ath

, .

Upon resum i ng his walk he b r oke o ff and carried

alon g with him a bunch of h ala nut s I t was quite .

noon when he reached K ah aiam an o and pre s ented

himself b efore the hou se of K ah al ao pu n a The latter .

had j ust awakened fr om a s leep and was lying on ,

a pile o f mat s facing the door thinking o f going to

,

t h e spring her usual bathing place when s h e per

,
-
,

ce ive d a stranger at the door .

She looked at him some time and recognizing him ,

from oft repeated descriptions asked him to enter ;

,

b ut Kauhi refu sed and asked her to come outside The

, .

young gi r l had been so accustomed from early child

hood t o consid er herself as b elonging to Kauhi and of ,

being i ndebted to him as it we r e fo r her daily food

, , ,

that s h e obeyed him unhesitatingly .

H e perhaps intended to kill her then b ut the girl s ,

’

unhesitating obedience as well as her ext r eme l o ve l i

ness made him hesitate for a while ; and after looking
inte n tly at her for some time he told her to g o and
bathe and then p r epa r e he r self to accompany him i n a
‘

r amble about the wood s .

While K ah al ao pu n a was bathing Kauhi remaine d ,

122 H AWAI I AN FO LK TALE S
moodily seated where s h e had left him and watched ,

the b r ight glow like rai nbow r ay s playing above the

, ,

spring H e was alternately filled with j ealousy reg r et

.
, ,

and longing for the great beauty of the gi r l ; but that

did not make him relent i n his dreadful pu rpose H e .

seemed to r es ent his betrothed s supposed infidelity ’

the mo r e because sh e had th r own herself away o n such

unworthy pe r son s who were b esides ugly and d is fig
, , ,

u red while he Kauhi was not o nly a person of rank

, , ,

and di s tinction but possessed al s o o f conside r able manly

,

beauty .

When she was ready he motioned her to follow him ,

and turned t o go wi thout a word They went ac r os s .

K u m ak ah a t o H u al e a when the girl said “

Why don t ’

, ,
”
you s tay and have something to eat before we go ?
H e an swe r ed r athe r su r lily I don t ca r e to eat ; I
“
,
’

have no appetite .

H e looked s o ste r nly at her as he said this that

she c r ied out to him Are you annoyed with me ?
“
,
”
H ave I di s plea s ed y o u i n any way ?
“
H e only said Why what have you done that
, ,
”
would displea e s m e ?

H e kep t o n his way s h e following till they came

, ,

to a la rge stone i n A ih u al am a when he tu r ned abruptly ,

and facing the young gi r l looked at her with an

, ,

exp r ession of mingled longing and hate At last .

,

with a deep s igh he said You a r e beautiful my

“
, , ,

bet r othed but as you have been fal s e you mu s t die

, , ,
.

The young girl looked up i n su r p r i s e at these

strange wo r ds but s aw only hat r ed and a de a dly
,

pu r po s e i n Kauhi s eye s ; s o S he s aid : I f I ha ve to die

’ “
,
1 24 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALES
the steep mountain ridge at o n e time th r ough a ,

tho r ny tangle o f unde r b r ush and at another clinging ,

again s t the bare face o f the rocks holding on to swing ,

ing vine s fo r s upport Kauhi n eve r o ff e r ed to assist

.

he r but kept o n ahead only looking back occasion

, ,

ally t o s e e that S he followed When they a rr ived at .

the summit o f the divide s h e was all s cratched and

b r uised and he r p a u ( S ki r t) in tatte r s S eating he r self
,
—
.

o n a stone t o r egain he r b r eath S he asked Kauhi whe r e ,

they we r e going H e neve r answe r ed but st r u ck her

.
,

agai n with the hala branch killing her i nstantly as , ,

befo r e H e then dug a hole nea r whe r e s h e lay

.
,

and bu r ied he r and s tarted fo r Waikiki by way o f the

,

Kakea ridge H e was n o soone r out o f sight than the

.

o wl again s c r atched the di r t away and re s tored the

girl as befo r e Again s h e followed and s ang a song

,
.

o f love and r eg r et fo r he r love r s ange r an d

’

p l e ad e d ,

with him t o lay a s ide his unj u s t suspicion s O n h ear .

ing he r voice again Kauhi r etu r ned and o r de r ed he r to

,

follow him They descended i nto N uuanu Valley at

.
,

K an iak apu p u and c r o ss ed over t o W ao l an i ridge

, ,

whe r e he again killed and bu r ied the faithful girl wh o ,

was again r e s to r ed by the o wl When he was on his .

way back as befo r e s h e sang a song desc r ibing the

, , ,

pe r il s and d i fli cu l t ie s o f the way t r aversed by them and ,

ended by pleading fo r pardon fo r the u nknown fault .

The w r etched man o n hearing her V oice again was , ,

very angr y ; and his r epeated act s o f c r uelty and the

su fl e r i n
’
g endured by the girl fa r fr om softening his ,

hea r t only s e r ved to rende r him mo r e b r uta l and to

, ,

extingui s h what little spark o f kindly feeling he migh t

 KA H A L A O P U N A 12
5
have had originally H is o nly thought was to kil l
.

her for good and thus obtain some sati s factio n fo r h is

,

wasted poi and fi s h H e returned t o her and orde r ed

.

her as before to follow him and sta r ted fo r Kil o h an a

, , , ,

at the head of Kalihi Valley where he again killed her , .

She was ag ain restored by the o wl and made her ,

re surrectio n known by s ingin g t o he r c r uel l ove r .

H e this t ime to ok he r across gulches ravines and

-

, ,

plains u ntil they ar r ived at P o hak e a o n the Ewa slope

, ,

of the Kaala M ountains whe r e he killed he r and bur ,

i e d he r un d e r a la r ge koa ( A ca ci a koa ) The faithful .

owl tried t o scrape the di r t away s o as t o get at the ,

body of the gi r l but his claws became entangled in the

,

nu m erous roots a nd rootlets which Kauhi had been

care ful not t o cut away The more the o wl sc r atched.
,

t h e m o r e deeply tangled h e and finally with

‘

ot
g , , ,

b ruised claws and ru ffled feathe r s he had t o giv e up ,

the idea o f rescuing the girl ; and pe r haps he thought

it usele s s as s h e would be s u r e t o make her r esu r r e c
,

tion known t o Kauhi S o the o wl left and followed.

,

Kauhi o n his retu r n to Waikiki .

There had been another witness t o K au h I s cruel

ties and that was Elepaio ( Cb asi em p is sandwi cb ensis)
, ,

a little g r een bird a cousi n t o K ahal ao p u n a A s s oon

, .

as this bi r d s aw that the owl had dese r ted the body o f

K ah al ao p u n a it fl e wstraight t o K ah au k an i and K au a k u a
,

hine and told them o f all that had happened The

,
.

gi r l had b een mi s sed but as some o f the se r vants had

, ,

recognized Kauhi and had seen them lea v e togethe r

,

fo r wh at they suppo s ed was a r amble in the adj oining

'

woods no great anxie t y had been fel t as yet But

, ,
.
126 H AWAI I AN FO LK TALE S
when the little bird told his tale there was g r eat co n ,

s t e r n at i o n and even positive d i s belief ; for h ow could

, ,

any o n e in his senses they a r gued be g uilty o f such

, ,

cruelty t o s uch a lovely innocent being and one too , , , ,

belonging entirel y t o him s elf .

I n the meantime the S pirit of the mu r dered gi r l

,

di s cove r ed itself to a party wh o we r e passing by ; and

o n e o f them a y oung man moved with compa s sion
, , ,

went to the t r ee i ndicated by the s pirit and removi ng , ,

the di r t and r oot s found the body still wa r m H e

, ,
.

w r apped i t in h is ki b ei ( shoulde r sca r f) and then c o v ,

ered it enti r ely with maile ferns and ginge r and , , , ,

making a ku a we o r back load o f it ca r ried i t t o his

,
-
, ,

home at K am o il iil i The r e he s ubmitted the body

.
,

to his elder b r othe r wh o called upon t wo spi r i t S iste r s

,

o f their s,
with whose aid they finally succeeded i n
r esto r ing it t o life I n the cou r se o f the t r eatment s h e
.

was fr equently taken t o an underg r oun d wate r cave -

,

called M au o k i fo r the Ka kel ekel e ( hyd r opathic cu r e )

, .

The wate r cave has eve r since been known as the

-

”
“
Wate r o f Kahal ao pu n a .

The young m an who had r escued he r fr om the

grave naturally wanted he r to become his b r ide ; but
the gi r l refused saying that as long as Kauhi lived
,

S he was h is and none othe r s as her ve r y body was

,
’

, ,

as it we r e
,
nou r ished o n his food and was as much his ,

p r ope r ty as the food had been .

The elde r b r othe r then coun s elled the younge r t o

s eek in s ome way
,
the death o f Kauhi To thi s end
,
.

they co n spi r ed with the pa r ents o f K ah al ao pu n a t o

keep her la s t re su r rection s ec r et The young man .
128 H AWAI I A N F O LK TALE S
genuine one then his life s hould be the fo r feit and o n ,

the other hand if it S hould be the real one then he

, , ,

Kauhi S hould be decla r ed the lia r and pay for his

,

insu l ts to the othe r with h is life .

This was j ust what the young man had been

scheming to compas s and he quickly as s ented to the
,

challenge calling o n the King and chiefs to take

,

notice of the terms o f agr eem e nt and to see that they ,

were enforced .

O n the appointed day K ah al ao pu n a went t o

Waikiki attended by he r pa r ent s relatives s e r vants
, , , ,

and the t wo spi r it S iste r s who had a ssumed human

,

form fo r that day s o as t o accompany thei r fr iend and

advi s e her in case o f nece ss ity Akaaka the grand .
,

fathe r wh o had been r esiding i n Waikiki som e little

,

time p r e v ious t o the dispute between the young men ,

was appointed o n e o f the j udges at the app r oach

ing trial .

Kauhi had con sulted the p r iests and s o r ce r e r s o f h is

family as t o t he possibility o f the mu r de r ed girl hav
ing assumed human shape fo r the pu r pose o f wo r king
him s ome injury Ka ea a famous priest and s ee r
.
,

of his family told him t o have the la r ge l eaves o f the

,

a-
p (
e Ca l l a di u m cost a t u m
) S pread whe r e K a h al ao u n a
p
and party were t o be seated I f s h e was a spi r it .
,

S he would n o t be able to tea r the a p e leaf o n which -

s h e W ould be s eated but i f human ,

the leaf o r lea ve s ,

would be to r n With the pe r mi ss ion o f the King

.
,

thi s was done The latte r s u r rounded by the highe s t

.
,

chiefs and a va s t assemblage fr om all parts o f the

i s land was the r e t o witness the test
, .
 KA H A LA O P U N A 12
9
When Kah al ao p u n a and pa r ty were on the road
to the scene of the test her spirit friends info r med h e r
,

of the a p e leaves and advised her to t r ample o n them

—
,

so as to tear them as much as possible as they being , ,

spirits would b e u nable t o tear the leaves o n which

,

they should be seated and if any o ne s attention we r e

,
’

d r awn to them they would be found out and killed

,

by the p oe p o i ubane ( s pi r it catcher s )

-
.

The young gi r l faithfully performed what was

required of her Kaea o n seeing the torn leaves
.
, ,

remarked that s h e was evidently human but that he ,

felt the presence of spirits and would watch fo r them , ,

fe e l i n g su r e they were i n some way connected with

t h e girl . Akaaka then told him to look i n a cala b ash
of water when he Would in all probability see the
,

spirits The seer i n his eagerness to unravel the

.
,

mystery forgot his usual caution and ordered a vessel

,

o f water to be brought and looking in he saw only , , ,

his own reflection Akaaka at that m oment caught

.

the reflectio n of the s eer ( which was his spi r it ) and ,

crushed it between his palms and at that moment ,

the seer dropped down dead Akaaka n o w tu r ned -

.

arou nd and opened his arms and embraced Ka b alao ‘

puna thus acknowledgi ng her as his o wn beloved

,

granddaughte r .

The King n o w demanded o f the gi r l and of Kauhi

an account of all that had happened between them ,

and o f the repo r ted death of the maiden They both .

told their storie s Kau hi asc r ibi ng h is anger to hearing

,

the assertions of the t wo disfigured m e n Ku m au n a ,

and K e awaa These t wo o n bei n g confr onted wit h

.
,
13 0 H AWAI I AN F O LK TAL ES
the girl acknowledged never having seen her before
, ,

and that all thei r words had been idle boastings The .

“
King then said : As y our fun has cost this i nnocent
girl s o much su ff ering it is my will that you t wo and
,

Kauhi su ff er death at o nce as a matter o f j ustice ;

,

and i f your god s are p o we r fiI l enough to restore you ,

s o much the better fo r you .

Two large i m us ( gr ou nd ovens ) had been heated by

the followe r s o f the young men i n anticipation of the
,

possible fate of either and Kauhi with the t wo

, ,

mischief makers and such of thei r respective followers

-

and r etaine r s as preferred to die with thei r chiefs were ,

baked the r ein .

The gr eate r numbe r of Kauhi s people were so ’

incensed with h is cruelty to the lovely young gi r l that

they transfe r red their allegiance to he r o ff ering them ,

selves fo r he r vassals as restitution in a measu r e for , ,

the undese r ved su ff e r ings borne b y he r at the hands

o f thei r c r uel chie f
.

The King gave her for a b r ide to the young man

who had n o t o nly saved her but had been the means
,

o f avenging her wrongs .

The imus i n which Kauhi and his companions were

baked were o n the S ide o f the stream o f A pu ak e hau ,

i n the famous U l u k o u grove and ve r y near the sea

, .

The night following a g r eat tidal wave sent in by

, ,

a powe r ful old S ha r k god a relative of Kauhi s swept

,
’

ove r the site of the two ovens and i n the morning ,

it was seen that thei r contents had di s appeared The .

b ones had been taken by the o l d s hark into the s e a .

The chiefs K u m au n a and K eawaa were through the

, , ,
 K A H A LAO P U N A 1
3 1

pow er of their family gods transformed into the t wo ,

mountai n p eaks o n the eastern co r ner of M anoa

Valley while Kauhi and his follower s were tu r ned
,

into sharks .

K ah al ao p u n a lived happily with her husband fo r

about t wo y ears H er g r andfathe r knowing of Kauhi s
.
,
’

transfo r mation and awa r e of his vindictive nature

, ,

strictly forbade he r fr om ever going into the s e a She .

remembered and heeded the warning during tho s e

yea r s but one day her husband and all their men
, ,

having gone to Manoa to cultivate kalo ( Col ocasia

a nt i u or u m S h e was left alone with her maid servants
g ) , .

The surf o n that day was i n fi ne sporting condi

tion and a number o f young women we r e surf r iding
,
-
,

and K ah al ao p u n a longed t o b e with them Forgetting .

the Warning as soo n as her mother fell a s leep s h e

,

slipped out with o n e of her maids and swam out o n a

surf boa r d This was Kau hi s opportunity and as
-
.
’

soo n as s h e was fairly outside th e reef he b it her

in two and held the upper half o f the body up out
o f the wate r s o that all the surf bathe r s would s e e
,
—

and know that h e had at last obtained his r evenge .

I mmediately on her death the S pirit of the young

wo m an we n t back and told her sleeping mothe r
'

of what had befallen he r The latter woke up and .

, ,

mi s sing he r gave the alarm This was soon co n

, .

firmed by the terrified su r f bathers who had all fled -

,

a s hore at seeing the terrible fate o f K ah al ao pu n a .

Canoe s were launched and manned and cha s e given ,

to the s hark and his prey which could be easily ,

tracked by the blood .

 H AWAI I AN F O LK TA LE S
H e swam j ust far enough b elow the surface of the
water to be vi s ible and yet t o o fa r to b e reached with
,

e ff ect by the fi s h in g spea r s o f the pursuers H e led

-
.

them a long chase t o Waianae ; then in a sandy open

,

ing in the bottom o f the sea where everything was

,

v isible to the p ursuers he ate up the young woman

, ,

s o that she could never again be restored t o this life .

H er pa r ents on hearing of her end reti r ed to M anoa

, ,

Valley and gave up their human life resolving them

, ,

selve s i nto their s uperna t u ral elements K ah au k an i

.
,

the father is known as the M anoa wind but his usual

, ,

and visible fo r m is the g r ove o f h a u ( h i biscus) -

trees below Kah aiam an o K au ak u ahi n e the mother

,
.
, ,

assumed her rai n form and i s ve r y often to be met

,

with about the fo r me r home o f her beloved child .

The grandparents also gave up their human fo r ms ,

and re t u rned the o ne to his mountain fo r m and the

, ,

o the r into the lehua bushes still to be met with o n the

ve r y b r ow o f t he hill where they keep watch over
,

the o l d home of their petted and adored grandchild .

134 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALES
But as soon as he was fairly away she commenced a
s eries o f petty pe r s ecutions o f the poor child r en .

“
I t seems the m other of the children had been ubae
”
in at her death That is certain pray ers i nvoca
.
, ,

tions fa s ting and humiliation had been performed by

, ,

ce r tain relatives o f the deceased an d quantities of pre ,

pa r ed awa black u nblemished pig red fish and all

, , , ,

the customa r y food o f the gods had been prepared and ,

o ff ered with the obj ect of strengtheni ng the spirit of

the departed and o f att r acting it strongly as well as ,

giving i t a sort of power and co nt r ol over mundane

a ff airs and events So when H awea began to persecute
.

her stepchild ren the S pirit o f their own mother would

’

assist and protect them .

The persecutions o f the stepmother at last became

unendurable t o the twins S he not only deprived .

them o f food clothing and water but subj ected them

, , ,

besides to all so r ts o f i ndignities and humiliations .

D r iven to despe r ation they fled to K o n ahu an u i the

, ,

mou ntai n peak above the Pali of Nuuanu ; but were

soon discove r ed and d r iven away fr om the r e by th e
cruel H awea They then went to the head o f M anoa
.

Valley The stepmother was not at all plea s ed at

.

their getting o u t o f the way o f her daily pe r secutions ,

and s ea r ched fo r them everywhere She finally tracked .

them by the constant appea r ance o f rainbows at the

head o f M anoa Valley those unfailing attendant s o f
,

rai n and mist The child r en we r e again d r iven away

.

and told t o r etu r n t o Kaala whe r e they would be ,

con s tantly u nde r her eye ; but they ran and hid them
s elves i n a small ca v e o n the side o f the hill of K u k ao o ,
 TH E P U NAH O U S PRI N G 1
35
whose top is crowned by the temple of the M ene
hunes H ere they lived some time and cultivated a
.

patch of sweet potatoe s their food at this time being ,

grasshoppers and greens The greens were t h e d eave s

’

and the tender shoots o f the popolo pakai , ,

l au l e l e and potato V ines cooked by rolling h tones ,

around and among them I n a covered gourd his is .

called the p uhol oh ol o .

When their potato tu b ers were fit to b e eaten the ,

brother ( W aahil a Rain ) made a dou b le i m u ( oven ) ,

having a kap u or sacred S ide fo r his food

, a noa o r , ,

free S ide for his S ister The little cave t

, .was their
dwelling was also divided in t wo a sac n d a fr ee ,

part respectively for brothe r and sister

, , ave can .

still be seen and the wall o f stone dividi u

,
in two
waS s t il l intact a fe w years ag o as also was the doub l e
‘

imu I n olden times it was ta b ooed to females t o

.

appear at any eating place of the m ales -

.

When their crops were fairly ripe the stepmother ,

found them again and drove them away from their

,

cave s h e app r op r iating the fru it o f their labors The

, .

children fled to the r ocky hills j ust back o f Punahou ,

where the y found two small caves which the brother ,

and sister occupied respectively as dwellings The

, , .

rolling plains and small ravines of the surro unding

count ry and of what was later known as the Punahou
,

pasture were not then covered wi th manienie grass

, ,

but with the indigenous shrubs and bushes tall limas , ,

ah e ah e as popolo etc making close thickets with

, , .
, ,

here and there open spaces covered with m anieni e

a ki a ki the valuable medicinal grass of the olden times
,
.
1
3 6 H AWAI I AN F O LK TAL E S
These S hrubs and bushes either bore edible fruit or
flowers o r the leave s and tender S hoots made nourishing
,

and satisfying food when cooked i n the way previously

des cribed The poo r children lived o n these and
’

grasshoppers and sometimes wild fowl , .

O ne day the s i s ter K au ak i o wao told her brother

, ,

that s h e wanted to bathe and complained of their ,

having taken up their re s idence in a place where no

water could be found H e r b r othe r hushed h e r com .

plaint by telling her that it was a safe place and one ,

whe r e their stepmothe r would not be likely to look

fo r them but h e would t r y to get her some water
,
In .

his t r ips a r ound the neighborhood fo r fr uit and greens

he had noticed a la r ge r ain water pond t o the ea s t of —

the hill o n which they dwelt This pond was called .

K an awai H e r e he sometimes came t o snare wild

.

ducks H e al s o had met and knew the Kakea water

.

o d a m o o who had cha r ge o f and cont r olled all the

g , ,

wate r sou r ces of Manoa and Makiki Valley s This .

o d was o ne of the ancestors o f the child r en o n the

g
mothe r s side and was o n the best o f terms with
’

W aahil a rain The b o y paid him a visit and asked

.
,

him to assist him to open a watercou r se from the pond

of K an awai to a p lace he i ndicated i n front of
and below the caves inhabited by himself and his
S i s te r The o l d wate r g o d n o t o nly consented to help
.

h i s young relative b ut p r omi s ed t o divide the wate r

,

supply of th e neighbo r ing W ail e l e spring and let it ,

ru n into the wate r cou r se that the boy would make ,

thus insuring its permanence .

W aahi l a Rain then went t o the pond o f K an awai and

1
3 8 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALE S
retu r ned to the home of thei r i nfancy Kaala where they
, ,

would stay a while occasionally visiting K o n ahu an u i

,

and upper Manoa Valley and may be met with in

,

these places at the present day .

They al s o occa s ionally visited Punahou which was ,

under thei r especial care and protection ; but when the

land and s pri ng passed i nto the hands o f fo reigners
‘

who did not pay homage to the twins and wh o allowed

,

the spring s to be d efi l e d by the washing of unclean

articles and by the bathing of u nclean person s the twins ,

i ndignantly left the place and retired to the head of

,

M anoa Valley .

They sometime s pass s wiftly over their o l d home

o n their way t o Kaala ,
o r K o n ah u an u i and o n such
,

occasions will sometimes linger sorrowfully fo r a few

mi nutes about Rocky H ill The rain water pond of
.
—

K an awai i s n o w alwa y s dry as the shrubs and bushes

,

which supplied the food of the twins favored of the

god s have disappea r ed Old natives say that there is
.

n o w n o inducement fo r the gentle rain of the U ak i o wao

and a aahil a t o visit tho se ba r e hills and plains as ,

they would find no food there .

 O AH U N U I

MR S . E . M . N A K UIN A

N the plateau lyi ng between Ewa and Waialua o n

O the island of Oahu and a b out a mile o ff and , ,
,

mauka of the K au k o n ah u a bridge is the historical ,

place ca l led Ku k an il o k o This was the ancient bi r th

.

place o f the Oahu kings and rulers I t was incumbent .

on all women o f the royal line to retire to thi s place

when about to give birth t o a child o n pain of for ,

feiti n g the rank pri v i l eges and prerogatives of her

, ,

expected o ffspring should that event happen in a less

,

sacred place .

The stones were still standing some years ago and ,

perhaps a r e yet u ndistu r bed whe r e the royal accouche ,

ments took place I n ancient times this locality was

.

taboo ground fo r here the high p r iest of the island had

,

hi s headquarters H imself descended from the chief

.

families and being in many i nstance s an u ncle or

, , ,

you nger brother of the reigning king or connected by ,

marriage with those of the royal line and being also ,

at the head of a numerous well organized and power , ,

ful priesthood his influence was hardly second to that

,

of the king and i n some matters his authority was

,

paramou nt .
1 40 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALES
A fe w miles mauka of Ku k an il o k o towa r d the Wai ,

mea M ountains is H el em an o where the last of the

, ,

cannibal ch iefs fr om the S outh Sea s finally Settled when

driven fr om the plains of M okuleia and Waialua by
the inhabitants o f those districts ; for the people had
been exasperated by the fr equent r equisitio ns o n the
k a m aa in a s ( o r iginal inhabitant s) by the stranger chiefs
to furnish mate r ial fo r thei r cannibal feasts .

To the east o f H el e m an o and about the same dis,

tance from Ku k an il o k o is O ahu n u i ( Greater Oahu )

, ,

another hi s to r ical place Thi s was the r esidence of the

.

king s o f the island Tradition has it that previou s to

.

the advent of the cannibal st r ange r s the place was

known by another name .

When the L O A ik an ak a as the last o f the man

,

eating chiefs a r e called we r e constrained to take up

,

thei r residence in upper H e l em an o a district j ust out ,

side o f the bounda r ies o f those fe ser ve d fo r the royal

and p r iestly residences a young man called O ahu n u i was
,

king An elde r siste r named K ilik iliu l a who had been

.
,

as a mother to h im was suppo s ed to share equally

,

with him the r oyal power and p r e r ogative This sister .

was m a r ried to a chief named Le hu an u i of the priestly ,

line b ut one not otherwise directly connected with

,

royalty and was the mothe r o f three children ; the two

,

eldest being boys and t h e youngest a gi r l They all .

lived togethe r i n the royal enclosu r e but i n sepa r ate ,

house s according to ancient custom

, .

N o w the L O A i k an ak a o n establi s hing themselve s

, ,

i n upper H e l e m an o had at first behaved ve r y well

, .

They had been ci r cum spect and prudent i n their inter

1 42 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALES
on the Waimea S ide the r e to lie in ambu s h fo r any
,

lone t r avelle r o r belated pe r son afte r la i aa b o o r

,
-
, ,

fern s Such a one would fall an easy p r ey to the L o

.

A i k a n ak a s talwa r t s skilful in the a r t o f the l u a ( to kill

,

by b r eaking the bone s ) .

Thi s went on fo r some time until the unaccountable

,

disappea r ance of S O many people began to be co nnected

with the fr equent entertainment s by the southern chief .

O ah u n u i s subj ect s began t o hint that thei r young King

’

had acqui r ed the ta s te fo r human flesh at the s e fea s ts ,

and that it was t o g r atify his unna t u r al appetite fo r the

ho r rid di s h that he paid h is fr equent V i s it s t o those
wh o we r e h is infe r io r s cont r ary t o all royal p r ecedent
,
.

The people s disapproval o f the i ntimacy o f Oahu

‘ ’

nui with his n e w fr iend s was exp r es s ed m o r e and mo r e

openly and the m u r m u r s o f di s content g r ew l oud and
,

deep H is chiefs and high p r ie s t became alarmed and

.
,

begged him to di s continue his V i s it s o r they would ,

n o t be answe r able fo r the c o n se u e n c e s The King

q f

was the r eby fo r ced t o heed thei r admonition s and

p r omised t o keep away fr om L o s and did s o fo r quite
’

a while .

N o w all the male membe r s o f the royal family ate

,

their meal s with the King when he was at home .

Thi s included among othe r s Le hu an u i his S i s te r s

, , ,
’

hu s band and thei r t wo son s healthy chubby little

,
—
,

lad s o f about eight and S ix yea r s o f age O ne day . .

afte r b r eakfa s t as the roa r o f the s u r f at Waialua could

,

be di s tinctly hea r d t h e King remarked that the fi s h o f

,

U k o a p ond at Waialua mu s t be p r e s s ing o n t o t h e

m a ka h a ( floodgate s ) and he would like s ome a h o l e h o l e .
 OAH U N U I 14
3
This observatio n really meant a command to h is
brother i n l aw to g o and get th e fi s h as h e was the
- -
,

highest chief present e x cept his t wo royal nephews too ,

small to assume such duties .

L e hu an u i K il ik il iu l a s husband accordingly went

’

, ,

t o Waialua with a few of his o wn family retainers and

a number o f those belongi ng to the King The y .

found the fish packe d thick at the makaha and were ,

soo n b usily engaged i n scooping o u t cleaning and , ,

salting them I t was quite late at night when Lehua

.

nui fatigued with the labors of the day lay down to

, ,

rest H e had b een asleep but a short time when he

.

seemed t o see his t wo so ns standi ng b y his head The .

“
eldest spoke t o him : Why d o you sleep my father ? ,

While you are down here we are being eaten by you r

brother i n law the King We were cooked and eaten
- -
,
.

up and our skulls are n o w hanging i n a net from a

,

b ranch of the lehua -tree y o u are called after and the ,

rest of o u r bones are tied i n a b undle and buried under

”
the tree b y the b ig root running to the setting su n .

Then they seemed t o fade away and L e hu an u i ,

started up shivering wi th fear

,
H e hardly knew
.

whether he had b een dreaming o r had actually seen

an apparitio n o f his little sons H e had n o doubt
.

they were dead and as he remembered all the talk and

,

innuendoes a b out the King s supposed reasons for

’

visiting the strangers and the enforced ce s sati on o f

those visits at th e urgent request of the high priest
and the chiefs he cam e to the conclusion that the
,

King had e x pressed a desire fo r fish i n his presence

only to send him o u t of the way H e reaso ned that
.
1 44 H AWAI IAN F O LK TA LE S
no dou b t the King had n oticed the chubby forms and
rounded limbs o f the little lads and being debar r ed a
.

chance o f partak ing surreptitiously o f human flesh ,

had compelled his servants to kill cook and serve up , ,

his own nephews I n satisfy ing his dep r aved app c

.

tite he had also got rid of t wo wh o might become

,

fo r midable rivals ; for i t was quite within the poss ibili

ties that the p r iests and chiefs in the near future ,

should he be suspected o f a desire fo r a further i n d u l

gence i n cannibal diet might depose him and proclaim
, ,

either o n e o f the young nephews his successor .

The father was s o troubled that he a r oused his

immediate body servant and the two left Waialua for
,

home S hortly afte r midnight They arr ived at the

.

royal enclosure at dawn and went first to the lehua

,

tree S poken o f b y the apparition o f the child and o n ,

looking up amid the b r anches su r e enough there ,

dangled two little S kulls i n a large meshed fi sh in g net- - .

Le h u an u i then stooped down and scraped away the

leaves and loose di r t fr om the root indicated and out ,

rolled a bundle o f tapa which on being opened was

,

fou nd t o con tai n the bones o f t wo children The .

father r eached up for the net co ntaining the S kulls and ,

putting the b undle of tapa i n it tied the net a r ound

,

his neck The servant stood b y a silent and grie v ed

.
,

spectator o f a scene whose meaning he fully under

stood .

The father procured a stone adze and went to the

King s s leeping hou s e the s e r vant still following
’
—
,
.

H ere every o n e but an old woman tending the kuk u i

nut candle was a s leep O ah u n u i was stretched o u t on
.
14 6 H AWAI I AN F O L K TA L E S
The poor wife and mothe r followed and flingi ng , ,

he r self o n her husband attempted to detain him ,

by clinging to his knees ; but the father crazed b y his ,

loss and the thought of he r greater a ffectio n for a

cruel inhuman brothe r than fo r he r o wn children
, ,

st r uck at her with all h is mig h t e x claiming Well “

, , ,

then follow your brothe r and rushed away followed

, , ,

by all his retainers .

K il i k il iu l a fell on the side of the stream opposite to

where the lehua tree stood and is said to have tu r ned
-
,

t o stone . The s tone is pointed o u t to this day bal ,

°

a n ce d o n the h ill s ide o f the ravine formed by the

st r e am and is one of the obj ects fo r the H awaiian
,

S ight s ee r .

The headless body o f O ah u n u i lay whe r e he was

killed abandoned by eve r y o ne The story runs that
,
.

i n p r oces s of time it also tu r ned t o stone as a witness ,

t o the ange r o f the gods and their detestatio n o f his

horr ible c r ime All the servants who had in any way
.

been conce r ned in obedience t o royal mandate i n

, ,

ki l ling and cooki n g the yo u ng p r inces were at the ,

death o f Kilik iliu l a likewise turned to sto ne j ust as

, ,

they we r e in the various po s itions o f crouching kneel

, ,

ing o r s itting All the rest o f the royal r etai ners with
,
.
,

the lesse r chiefs and gua r d s fled i n fear and di s gust fr om

,

t h e place and thus the o nce sacred royal home of the

,

O ahu an chiefs was abandoned and de s erted .

The gr eat g o d Kane s cu r se i t is believed still

’

, ,

hangs over the de s olate s pot i n p r oof o f which it is ,

a ss erted that although all t h is happened hundreds o f

,

c ar s a g o n o one h as e v e r li v ed there since

a .
 X IV
AH U U LA
A L E G END K AN IKA N IAU LA AN D TH E F I R ST
FE ATH ER C L O AK
M RS . E
. M . N A K U IN A

L EIO was a ( trained runner ) in the service

E o f Kak aal an eo King o f M aui seve r al runners
kuki n i
’

, ,
f

being always kept by each king or a l ii o f consequence .

These k u k i n is when sent o n any errand always took

, ,

a di rect li ne fo r their destination climbing hills wit h ,

the agility of goat s j umpi n g over r ocks and s t r eams

, ,

and l e aping fr om precipice s They we r e s o fleet o f .

fo o t that the commo n illu s tration o f the fact amo n g

the natives was the saying that when a k u k in i was sent o n
an errand that would ordina r ily take a day and a night ,

fi s h wrapped in k i leaves ( known as l a wa l u ) if pu t o n ,

the fi r e o n h is sta r ting would not b e cooked su ffi

,

cie n t l
y to be turned before he would be back B eing .

s o se r viceable to the a liis k u k i n i s always enj oyed a

,

high degr ee o f consideration freedom and immunit y , ,

fr om the st r ict etiquette and u nwritten law s o f a

H awaiian cou r t There was ha r dly anything s o
.

valuable i n their ma s te r s p os s essio n that they co uld

’

not have it if they wi s hed .

El c io was sent to H ana t o fetch awa for the Ki ng ,

1 47
1 48 H AWAI I AN F O L K TALE S
and was expected t o be back i n time for the King s ’

supper K ak aal an e o was then living at Lahaina

. .

N o w El c io was not o nly a k u k i n i but he was also a

, ,

kahuna and had been initiated i n the ceremo nies and

,

O bservances by which he was enabled to s e e spirits or

wraiths and was skilled i n medicines charms etc
, , ,
.
,

and could return a wan d e r in g S pirit to its body u nless

decompositio n had set in .

Soo n after leaving Olowalu and as he commenced ,

the ascent of A al al o l o a he saw a beautiful young ,

woman ahead o f him H e na t urally hastened his steps

.
,

intending to overtake such a cha r ming fellow traveller ; -

but do what he would she kep t alwa y s j us t s o far

, ,

ahead of him Being the fl e e t e st and mo s t renowned

.

k u k i n i o f h is time it roused his p r ofe s sional pride t o

,

b e out r u n by a woman even if only fo r a sho r t dis

,

tance ; s o he was dete r mi ned to catch he r and he gave ,

himself enti r ely to that e ff ort The young woman led .

him a weary chase over rocks hill s mountains deep , , ,

ravines precipices and da r k streams till they came to

, , ,

the L ae ( cape) o f H an am an u l o a at K ah ik i n u i beyo nd ,

Kaupo when he caught her j ust at the entrance to

,

a p u oa A p u o a was a kind of tower gene r ally of

.
,

bamboo with a platform half way up o n which the

,
-
,

dead bodies of pe r sons of distinctio n belonging to

certain families o r cla s ses were exposed to the ele
ments .

When E l c io caught the young woman she turned

to him and c r ied : Let me live ! I am n o t human
“
,
”
but a S pi r it and in side this inclosure is my dwelling
,
.

H e answered : I have been aware fo r s ome time

“
1
5
0 H AWAI I AN F O LK TA L ES
your ca r e ; also a pile o f fine kapas of Paiu l a and
othe r s of fine quality ; also a pile o f mat s and an
unfinished feather cloak n o w a fathom and a half in,

length which y o u a r e t o fini s h the materials being in

, ,

the house All these things S h e has given to me and

.
,
”
sent me to y o u for them Then he began to describe
.

the young woman Both parents recognized the

.

t r u thfulness of the descriptio n and willingly agreed to ,

give up the things which thei r beloved daughte r must

have he r self given away B ut when they spoke of .

killi ng the h o g and making an a h aai na ( feast ) for him ,

whom they had immediately resolved to adopt as a

so n ,
he said “
Wait a little and l e t me as k : Are all
:

”
these people I s e e a r ound thi s place your fr iends ?
They both answered : They a r e o u r relatives
“

uncle s aunt s and cou s in s to the spi r it who seems to

, , ,
”
have adopted y o u eithe r as husband o r b rother .

”
“
Will they do you r bidding in everything ? he
a s ked .

They answered that they could be relied upon H e .

directed them to build a la r ge l a nai o r a r bor to be ‘

, ,

entirely covered with fern s gi n ge r maile and ieie , , ,

the sweet and odo r ou s foliage g r eens of the i slands .

An alta r was t o be e r ected at o n e end of the lanai and

app r opriately decorated The o r der was willingly
.

ca rr ied o u t men women and children wo r king with a

, , ,

will s o that the whole s tructure was finish ed i n a

,

couple o f hours .

E l c io n o w di r ected the hog to be cooked H e also .

ordered cooked red and white fi s h red white and , , ,

black cock s and b an an as o f the lele and maoli varie

,
H AW A I I A N A R R AY ED IN FE ATH E R C L O AK AN D H EL M ET
1
5 2 H AWAI I AN F O LK TA LE S
thigh bone s when the refracto r y spi r it again refused to
,

proceed H e had to put additional fe r vor into his

.

p r ayers to ove r come the S pirit s resistance and it pro ’

c e e d e d up t o the throat when the r e was som e further ,

check ; by this time the fathe r mother and male rela , ,

t ive s we r e all g r ouped around anxiously watching the

operation and they all added the strength of their

,

petitions t o tho s e of El c io which enabled him to push ,

the s pi r it pa s t the neck when the gi r l gave a sort of ,

crow The r e was n o w e v ery hope o f success and all

.
,

the company renewed their p r aye r s with redoubled

vigo r The s pi r it made a last feeble r esistance at the
.

elbows and wri s ts which was t r iumphantly over b orne,

by the s t r ength o f the united p r ayers Then it quietly .

submitted took complete possession o f the body and

, ,

the gi r l came t o life She was su b mitted to the usual .

ceremonie s o f purificatio n by the local priest after ,

which s h e was led to the p r epared lanai when kahuna , ,

m aid pa r ent s and r elative s had a j o y ou s reunion Then

, ,
.

they feasted o n the food p r epa r ed fo r the gods who ,

were o nly suppo s ed to abso rb the spi r itual e ss ence o f

thing s leaving t h e g r o ss e r mate r ial pa r t s to thei r
,

devotee s who fo r the time being are conside r ed thei r

, , ,

guests .

Afte r the feast the feathe r cloak kapa s and fine , ,

mat s we r e b r ought and di s played t o El c io ; and the

fathe r s aid t o him “
Take the woman thou ha s t °

re s to r ed and have her fo r wife and remain he r e with ,

us; o u will be o u r s o n and will S ha r e equally i n the

y
love we ha v e fo r h e r .

But ou r he r o with g r eat s elf denial and fi d elity

,
-
,
 AH U U LA 1
53
“
said : No I accept her as a charge but for wife S he
, , ,

is worthy to be one for a higher than I I f you will .

trust her to me I will take her to my master for by

, ,

her beauty and charms she is worthy to b e the queen

”
o f our lovely island .

The father answered : S he is yours to do with as

“

you will I t is as if you had created her for without

.
,

you whe r e would s h e b e now ? We o nly ask this

, ,

that y ou always remem b er that y o u have parents and “

”
relative s here and a home wheneve r you choose
, .

El c io then asked that the feather cloak b e finished

for him before he retu r ned to his master All who .

could work at feathers set about i t at o nce including ,

the fai r girl restored to life ; and he n o w learned that

she was called Kan ik an iau l a .

When it was completed he S et out On his return to ‘

Lahaina accompanied b y the gi r l and taking the ,

feather cloak and the remaining awa he had not used

in his incantatio ns They travelled slowly according
.

to t h e strengt h o f K an ik an iau l a wh o now i n the body ,

could not equal the speed S he had displayed as a

spirit .

Arriving at Launiupoko B l e io turned to her and ,

said : You wait and hide here i n the bushes while I

“

go o n alone I f by sundown I do not return I shall

.
,

be dead You know the road by which we came ;

.
.

then return to you r people But if all goes well with .

me I s hall b e back i n a little while .

H e then wen t o n alone and when he reached ,

Makila on the confines of Lahaina he saw a num b er

‘

, ,

of people heating an im u or unde r ground oven O n

,
.
_
1
54 H AWAI I AN FO LK TALES
perceiving him they started to bind and roast him
alive s uch b eing the orders of the King bu t he
, ,

ordered them away with the request Let me die at“

,

the feet of my maste r .And thus he passed s uccess

fully the imu heated for him .

When he finally stood befo r e K ak aal an e o the latter ,

“
said t o him : H ow is this ? Why a r e you not
cooked alive as I ordered ? H o w came you to pass
,
”
my lunas ?
“
The k u k in i an s wered : I t was the wish of the S lave
to die at the feet of his master if die he must ; but if
,

so it would be an i rr eparable loss to you my master for

, , ,

I have that with me that will cause your name to be

”
renowned and handed down to poste r ity .

”
“
And what is that questioned the King
? .

El c io then un r olled his b undle and displayed to the

astonished gaze of the King and courtiers the glories
of a feathe r cloak before then unheard of o n the
,

islands Needless to say he was immediately par

.
,

do u ed and resto r ed to r oyal favor and the awa he had

,

brought fr om H ana was reserved for the King s sp e ’

c ial u se i n his o ff e r ings to the gods that evening .

W hen the King hea r d the whole story of El e i o s

’

absence and that the fair o r iginal owner was b ut a

,

short way o ff he ordered her to b e immediately

,

b rought before him that he might express his g r ati

tude fo r the wonde r ful garment When she a r rived
.
,

he was s o s t r uck with her b eauty and modest deport

ment that he ask her to b ecome his ! ueen Thus .
,

some o f the highe s t chiefs of the land traced thei r

descent from K ak aal an e o and Kan ik an iau l a .
 XV
KAALA AN D K A A IA LII

A LE G END OF L AN A I
W M . . GI B S ON
O R D E RI N G upon the land o f Kealia o n the
B southwest coast of Lanai whe r e was a p ahonua or ,
,

place o f refuge are the r emains o f K au n o l u an ancie nt

, ,

h ei a u o r temple
,
I ts ruin s lie within the mouth of a
.

deep ravine whose extending bank s run out into the sea
,

and form a bold blu ff bound bay O n the top of the

,
—
.

weste r n bank there is a stone paved platform called -

,

the ku a ha Outside o f this and s eparated by a na r row

.
,

alley way there run s a b r oad high wall which quite

-
, ,

enci r cles the k u ah a O ther walls and structures lead

.

down the bank and the slope i s ter r aced and paved
,

down t o the tide wo r n stone s o f the sho r e

- .

At the beach the r e is a b r eak ; a g r eat block of the

blu ff has been rent away by some convulsion o f
nature and s tands o u t like a lone tower divided from
, ,

the main by a g u lf o f the s ea I ts high walls beetle .

fr om thei r tops upon which neithe r man nor goat can

,

climb But y o u can behold o n the flat su mmit of this

.

islet blu ff po r tio n s o f ancient work o f altars and

, ,

walls and no doubt part o f the mainland temple to

, ,

which t his fr agment o nce was j oi ned But man can .

1 56
 KAALA AN D K A A IA LII 1
57
’
visit this lone tower s t o p no more and h is feet can ,

never climb its overhanging walls .

I nland from the temple the r e a r e many remains

o f the huts of the people of the past The stone .

foundations the inclosures fo r swine the round ea r th

, ,

ovens and other t r aces o f a throng of peopl e cove r

,

many acres o f beach and hillside This was a town .

famed as an abode of gods and a refuge fo r those who

fled fo r their lives ; but it drew i t s people mainly
through the fame of its fi s h in g ground which s wa r med -
,

with the varied life o f th e H awaiian seas .

To this famed fi sh in g ground came the g r eat hero -

o f H awaii t o ta x the deep when he had subdued this ,

and the other isles H e came with his fleets o f war

.

canoe s ; with h is faithful koa s o r fighting men with , ,

his chiefs and priests and women and thei r t r ain s

, , ,
.

H e had a house here U po n the c r aggy blu ff that .

forms the eastern b ank of the bay there is a lonely p a ,

or wall and stones o f an ancient fort ove r looking the

, ,

temple town and bay

, ,
.

Kamehameha came to Kealia for sport rathe r than

for worship W h o so loved to throw the maika ball or
.
,

hurl the spear or thrust aside the many j avelin s flung

,

at his naked chest as the chief o f Kohala ? H e r ode

,

gladly o n the c r est of the su r f wave s H e delighted .

t o drive his canoe alone out into the sto r m He .

fought with the monste r s of the deep as well as with ,

men H e captured the g r eat s ha r k that abounds in

.

the bay and he would clutch in the fea r ful g rip o f h is

,

hands the deadly eel or snake o f these seas the terror ,

o f fishes and men .

1
5 8 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALE S
When this warr i or king came t o K au n o l u the ,

i slanders thronged to the shore to pay homage to the

great chief and to lay at the feet of their sovereign as
, ,

was their wont the products o f the isle : the taro the
, ,

yam the hala the cocoanut ohelo banana and sweet

, , , , ,

potato They piled up a mound of food before the

.

door of the King s pa k n i al ong with a clamorous

’

multitude of fat poi fed dogs and o f fathom long -

,
-

swine .

B esides this t r ibute of the men the workers o f the ,

land the women filled the air with the sweet odors o f
,

their floral o ff erings The maidens we r e twined from

.

head t o waist with l eis or wreaths of the na u which is -

,

Lanai s own lovely j essamine a r are ga r denia whose

’
—
,

sweet a r oma loads the breeze and leads y o u to t he ,

bush when s eeking it afar o ff The s e garlands were .

fastened to the plaited pili thatch of the King s p ak u i ; ’

they were placed o n the necks o f the young warriors ,

who stood around the chief ; and arou n d his royal

brows they twined an odorous c r own o f maile .

The b rightest o f the gi r lish th r ong wh o s tood b efore

the d r ead Lo r d o f the I s les was Kaala o r S weet ,

Scented who s e fifteen suns had j ust bu r nished her

,

sweet brown face with a soft golden gloss ; and he r

la rge round tender eyes knew yet n o wilting fires
, , .

H e r neck and arm s and all of her y oung body n o t ,

covered by the leafy p a u was tinted with a soft sheen —

,

like u nto a ri s ing moon H e r skin glowed with the .

glory of youth and mingled i t s delicat e odor of health

,

with the blooms o f the groves so that the pe r fume o f ,

her p r esence received fi t t i n g l y the name o f Fragrance .

 KAA LA AN D K A A IA LII 1
59
I n those rude days the i s land race was sound and
clean The supple round limbs we r e made b right
.

and strong by the constant bath and the tempe r ate

breez e They were not cumbered with clothing ; they
.

wore n o long s weating gowns but their smooth shin

, , ,

ing skins reflected back their su n which gave them ,

s uch a rich and dusky charm .

Perhap s such a race cannot long wear all our gear

and live They a r e best clothed with s ea foam or
.
,

with the garlands of their groves H ow sweetly blend .

the brown and green ; and when young s oft,ambe r ,

tinted cheeks glowing with the crimso n tide beneath

, ,

are wreathed with the odorous evergreens o f the isle s ,

you se e the poe s y o f our kind and the sweet wild , ,

grace that dwelt in the Eden Paradise .

Th e sweet Kaala stood mindless of ha r m as the ,

playful b reeze ru s tled the long b lades o f the la i ( dr a -

leaves h like a b u ndle o f green swo r ds

ca na
) a n In
g g
,

fr om her waist ; and as they twirled and flutte r ed i n

the air revealed the soft rounded form who s e charm
, , ,

filled the eye and heart o f o ne wh o stood among the

b r aves of the great chief the heart of the s tout young
—

wa r rior K aaialii .

This youth had fought i n the battle of M au n al e i ,

Lanai s last bloody fight With his long reaching

’
.
-

s pea r
,
wielded with si newy a r m s he u rged the flying,

fo e t o the top of a fearful cli ff and mocking the c r ies

,

o f a huddled c r owd o f panic sca r ed men drove them

-
,

with thrusts and shouts till they leaped like fr ightene d

s heep i nto the j aws o f the deep dark cha s m and their
, ,

torn cors es st r ewed the j agged sto nes b elow .

1 60 H AWAI I AN F O L K TALES
like many a butcher of his kind was
K aaial i i , ,

comely to see With the lion s hea r t he had the

.
’

lion s tawny hue A swart grace beamed b eneath his

’
.

cu r ling brows H e had the small fi r m hand to

.
,

throttle or ca r ess and eyes full of fi r e for hate or love ;

,

an d love s flame n o w lit the face o f the hero o f the

’

bloody leap and to h is great chief he s aid O King

,
“
,

of all the isles let thi s s weet fl owe r be mine rather

, ,

than the valley thou gave s t m e fo r my domain .

Said Kamehameha : You shall plant the Lanai

“

j essamine i n the valley I gave -you i n Kohala But .

there i s another wh o claims ou r daughte r who is the ,

stout b one-breake r the sca r red M ail o u M y spear

, .

m an of M au n al e i can have no fear ; and you S hall

wrestle with him ; and let the one whose a r ms can

cla sp the gi r l afte r the fight ca rr y h er to his house ,

whe r e o ne kapa shall cover the two .

The poo r maid the ca r eless gift o f s avage power

, ,

held up her clasped hands with a fr ightened gestu r e

at the d r ead name of the b r eaker of bones ; fo r s h e
had heard how he had sucked the b r eath of many a
dainty bloom like her then c r unched the wilted blos ,

s o m with S inews of hate and flung i t t o the sha r k s , .

And the Lanai maiden loved the young chief o f

H awaii H e had i ndeed pie r ced he r people but only
.
,

the tender darts of his eyes had wounded he r Tu r n .

ing to him s h e looked her s avage quick y oung love

, , , ,

and said O K aaial ii may thy gr ip be as su r e as thy

“
, ,

th r u s t Save me fr om the bloody vi r gi n eate r and I

.
—
,

will catch the squid and beat the kapa fo r thee all
”
my days .
162 H AWA I I AN F O LK TALES
and j erks till the j ointed b ones snap and break and ,

the dread throttler of girls and babes lies prone on the

mat a broken and bloo dy corse
,
.

“ “
Good ! cried the King Our s o n has the strength .

of Kan ek o a N o w let o u r daughter soothe the limbs

.

of her lover Let her stroke his skin press 11 18 j o m t s

.
, ,

and knead his b ack with the loving grip and touch of
the lomilomi We will have a great bake with the
.
,

hula and song ; and when the feast is over then shall ,
”
they b e o ne .

A line o f women squat down They crone their .

wild refr ain, praising the o n e who wins i n strife and

love They seize in their r ight hand the hula gourd
.
,

clattering with pebbles inside They whirl it aloft .

,

they shake they swing they st r ike their palms they

, , ,

thump the mat ; and n o w with supple j oints they twirl

their b ins and with heave and twist and wi th swing
, ,

and song the savage dance goes on

, .

Kaala stood up with the maiden throng the tender , ,

guarded gifts o f kings They t wined thei r wreaths

.
,

they swayed and posed their shining arms ; and flap

,

ping with their hands their leafy skirts revealed thei r ,

rounded limbs This fires the ga z e of men and the

.
,

hero of the day with flaming eyes springs and Clasps ,

“
his love cryi ng as he h e ar s her away : Thou shalt
,
”
dance i n my hut i n Kohala fo r m e alone forever ! ,

At this a stout yet grizzled man o f the isle lifts up

,

“
his voice and wails : Kaala my child is gone Who , , .

shall soothe my limb s when I r eturn from spearing

-

th e ohua ? And who shall feed me with taro and

bread fruit like the chief of Olowalu when I have no
—
,
1 64 H AWAI I AN F O L K TALES
sweet flowe r h o w s hall I live without thee even for
, ,

this day s march of the su n ? Fo r thou a r t my ve r y

’

breath and I s hall pant and die like a stranded fi s h

,

without thee But no let me not say so Kaaial ii i s

.
, .

a chief who has fought men and s hark s ; and he mu s t

not speak like a gi r l H e too loves his mothe r who .
,

looks fo r him i n the valley o f Kohala ; and shall he

.
-

deny thy mothe r t o look he r last upon the sweet face

,

and the tende r limb s that s h e fed and rea r ed fo r him ?

Go my Kaala But thy chief wi l l s i t and watch with
, .

a hunge r ing heart till thou come back to his arms ,

”
again .

And the p r etty j essamine twined he r arms around

his neck and laying her cheek upo n his breast said
, ,

with uptu r ned tender glance s O m y chief who gavest

“
, ,

me life and sweet j o y ; thy b r eath is my breath ; thy

eye s a r e my sweete s t sight ; thy b r ea s t is m y o nly
re s ting place ; and when I go away I shall all the way
-
,

look back to thee and go s lowly with a backward ,

tu r ned hea r t ; bu t when I return to thee I S hall have ,

wings to bear me to my lo r d .

“
Yes my o wn bi r d s aid K aaial n thou must fly
,
“
, , ,

but fly s wiftly i n thy goi ng as well as i n thy coming ;

fo r both ways thou fl ie s t t o me W lfe n thou a r t gone .

I s hall spea r the tende r ohua fi s h I S hall bake the ,

ya rn and banana and I will fill the calaba s h with sweet

,

wate r t o feed thee my heart when thou shal t come ;

, , ,

and thou shalt feed m e with thy loving eyes .

H e r e Opunui ! take thy child Thou gavest life

, .

to he r but n o w s h e gives life to me B r ing her back

,
.

all well e r e the s u n h as twice ri s en I f s h e come not

,
.
 KAA LA AN D K A A IA L II 1 65

soon I shall die ; but I s hould slay thee before I die ;

,

therefore O Opunui ha s ten thy goi ng and thy com

, ,
”
ing and bring back my life and love to m e
,
.

And n o w the stern hero uncla s ped the weeping girl .

H is eye was calm b ut his S hut lip s S h owed the work

,

within of a strong and tender heart of love H e felt .

the ache of a larger wo e than thi s S hort parting .

H e pressed the little head between his palms ; he

kissed the sobbing lips again and agai n ; he gave o ne
strong cla s p heart to hea r t and then quickly s trode
, ,

away .

A S Kaala tripped along the stony u p hill path she -

,

glanced backwa r d o n her way to get glimpses of him

,

sh e loved and s h e b eheld her chief s tanding o n the

,

topmost rock o f the great blu ff overhanging the s e a .

And still as S he went and looked s till there he stood ;

,

and when o n the top o f the ridge and about t o descend

inf o the great valley S he turned to look he r la s t still
, ,

s h e s aw her loving lo r d looking up t o her .

The sil ent sire and the weeping child soo n trod the
round g r een vale of Pal awai She heeded not n o w
,
.

to pluck as was he r wont the flowers i n he r path ;

, ,

but thought h o w S he s hould stop a while as s h e came ,

b ack t o twine a w r eath for her dea r lo r d s neck And

,
’
.

thu s thi s s ad you ng love tripped along with innocent

hope b y the moody O p u n u i s side ’
.

They pas s ed through the g r oves of Kalulu and

K u m o k u and then the man swerved fr om the path
,

leading to M ahana and tu r ned his face again seawa r d .

At this the sad and silent child looked up into the

face of he r grim and sullen si r e and said : O father
“
,
166 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALE S
we s hall not find mothe r o n thi s path but we s hall ,

lo s e our way and come to the sea once mo r e .

“
And thy mother is by the se a by the bay of ,

Kaumalapau There sh e gathers limpets o n the roc k s

. .

S he h as d ried a la r ge squid fo r thee S he has pou nded

.

some taro and filled her calabash with p o i and would ,

feed thee once more S he is not S ick ; but had I s aid

.

S he was well thy lord would n o t have let thee g o ; but

,

n o w thou a r t o n the way t o S leep with thy mother by

”
the s e a .

The poor weary gi r l n o w t r udged o n with a doubt

ing hea r t She glanced sadly at her dread sire s
.
’

moody eye Silent and so re s h e trod the s tony path

.

leading down t o the S ho r e and when s h e came to the

,

beach with naught i n V iew but t h e rock s and s e a s h e ,

said with a bu r sting hea r t O my fathe r is the S ha r k

“
, ,

to be my mothe r and I t o never s e e my dea r chief

,

any m ore ?
H ear the t r uth c r ied Opunui
,
“
Thy home fo r .

a time is indeed i n the s e a and the sha r k S hall be thy

,

mate but he S hall n o t ha r m thee Thou g oe s t down

, .

where the s e a g o d lives and he S hall tell thee tha t the

,

accursed chief o f the bloody leap s hall n o t ca rr y away

any daughter o f Lanai When K aaial ii h as sailed fo r
.

Kohala then s hall the chief o f Olowalu come and bring

thee t o ea r th again .

A S the fie r ce s i r e s poke he seized the hand o f Kaala

, ,

and unheeding he r sob s and c r ie s led he r along the ,

rugged sho r e t o a point eastwa r d o f the bay whe r e ,

the beating se a make s the r ocky sho r e t r emble beneath

the feet H ere wa s a boiling gulf a fr et and foam of
.
,
168 H AWAI I AN F O LK TA LE S
forth at their feet gave to their b rown faces a ghastly
,

white glare The scavenger crabs scrambled away

.

over the dank and d r ipping stones and the loath s ome ,

b iting eel s lowly reached out i t s well toothed wide

,
-
,

gaping j aw to tear the tende r feet that roused it fr om

its horrid lai r whe r e the dread sea god dwelt
, .

The poor haple s s gi r l sank down upo n this gloomy

S hore and c r ie d c l in g i n g to the kanaka s knee : O
“ ’
‘

fathe r beat out my b r ain s with thi s j agged stone and

, ,

d o n o t let the eel twine a r ound my neck and t r ail ,

with a loathsome slimy c r eeping c r awl ove r my body

, ,

befo r e I die O h ! the c r abs will pick and tear me

.

b efo r e my b r eath i s gone .

“ ”
Li s ten said Opunui
,
“
Thou shalt go back with
.

m e t o the warm s unny ai r Thou shalt tread agai n the

.

sweet smelling flowe r y vale of Pal awai and twine

-
,

thy neck with w r eaths o f scented j essamine if thou ,

wilt g o with me to the hou s e of the chief o f O lowalu

an d there let thy bloody lord behold thee wanton with
”
thy love in anothe r chief s arms ’
.

”
Neve r s houted the lover o f K aaial i i neve r will
,
“
,

I meet any cla sp o f love but that o f my o wn chie f .

l f I cannot lay my head again upon his breast I will ,

lay it i n death upo n these cold stone s I f his a r m .

shall neve r again d r aw me t o h is hea r t then let the eel ,

twine my neck and let him tear away my cheeks rathe r

than that another be side my dea r lo r d s hall press my
face .

“
Then let the eel be thy mate cried Opunui as , ,

he roughly uncla sped the tende r a r ms twined a r ound

“
h is knees ; until the chief o f Olowalu comes to s eize
 KAA LA A N D K AA IA L II 16
9
thee and ca r ry thee t o his house in the hills of Maui
, .

S eek not to leave the ca v e Thou knowest that with

.

thy weak a r ms thou wilt tea r thyself again s t the

,

j agged rock s i n t r ying to swim through the swift fl o w

”
ing channel Stay till I send for thee and live
.
, .

Then dashing out i nto the foaming g ulf with mighty

bu ff e ri n g arms he soon reached the upper air .

And K aaial ii stood u pon the blu ff looki ng up to ,

the hillside path by which his love had go ne long ,

after her form was l ost to V iew i n the inte r io r vale s .

And after S light sleep upo n his mat and walking by ,

the sho r e that night h e came at dawn and climbed the

,

blu ff again t o watch his love come down the hill .

And as he gazed he s aw a leafy skirt flutter in the

wind and his heart flutte r ed to clasp his little gi r l ;
,

but as a curly b r ow drew near his soul sank to see i t

,

was n o t his love b ut h er friend U a ( rain ) with some

,

sad news up on her face .

With h o t haste and eager asking eyes does the

love lo r n chief meet the maiden messenger and crie s
-
, ,

“
Why does Kaala delay i n the valley ? H as s h e
twined wreaths fo r another s neck fo r me t o break ?
’

H a s a wild h o g torn he r ? O r has the a n aan a p r ayer of

death struck her heart and doe s s h e lie cold o n the
,

sod o f M ahana ? Speak quickly fo r thy face kills

,
”
me O U a !
,

“
N ot thus my lord said the weeping gi r l as the
, , ,

soft shower fell from U a s sweet eyes “

Th y love is
’
.

not i n the valley ; and s h e has not reached the hut of

her mother Kalani But kanakas s aw from the hills
.

o f Kalulu her father lead her through the forest of

1 70 H AWAI I AN F O LK TAL E S
Ku m okusince then o u r Kaala has not b een seen
; ,

and I fear has met s ome fate that is t o thwart t hy

love .

“
Kaala lo s t ? The blood of my heart is gone !
H e hea r s no more ! The fierce chief hot with b a ffl ed ,

pa ssion s t r ikes madly at the air and dashes away

, , ,

onwa r d up the stony hill ; and upward with his stout

young savage the w s he bounds along withou t halt or
,

slack o f speed till he reaches the valley s rim then ’

rushes down its slope s .

H e course s o v er its bright g r een plains H e sees .

i n the dusty path some prints that must be those of

the dea r feet h e follows n o w H is heart feels a fresh
‘

bound ; he feel s nei the r s train o f lim b nor scantness

o f breath and searching as he runs he descries before
, , ,

him i n the plai n the deceitful sire alone .

”
“
Opunui he c r ies give me Kaala o r thy life !
“
, , ,

The s tout g r ay kanaka looks to se e the face of flame

,

and the out s tretched a r m s and stop s not to try the ,

st r ength o f h is o wn limbs o r to stay for any parley , ,

but flies ac r o s s the valley along the very path by which,

the fierce lover came ; and with fear to spu r him o n ,

he keep s well before h is well blown fo e .

But K aaial ii is now a g o d ; he runs with n ew strung

limbs and presse s ha r d this fr esh footed runner of
,
-

many a race They are within two spears length of

.
’

each other s g r ip upo n the rim of the vale ; and hot

’

with haste the o n e and with fear the othe r they dash
, ,

along the rugged path of Kealia and rush downwa r d ,

to the s ea They bound o er the fea r ful path o f

.
’

clinke r s Thei r torn feet heed not the pointed stones

. .
172 H AWA I IA N F O LK TA LE S
flowe r ed and shaded floor ; a n d al s o along by the
winding s tream until he reaches i ts source an abrupt
, ,

wall o f s tone one hundred feet high and fo r m ing the

, ,

head o f the ravine F r om the face o f this steep tow

.
,

e r ing rock there e x udes a sweet clear rain a thousand

, , ,

t r ickling rills o f rock fil t e r e d water leaping from points

-

o f fe r n and moss and filling up an ice cold pool below

, ,

at which ou r wea r y chief gladly s laked h is thi r st The .

hero n o w clambers the steep walls o f the go r ge im p ass ,

able to the step s o f men in these day s ; but he climbs

with toes th r ust i n c r annies o r resting o n short j uts
,

and points o f rock ; and he pulls himself upward by

g r a s ping at o u t c r opping bushes and strong tufts of
-

fe r n And thus with s tou t sinew and bold nerve th e

.

fearle s s spea r man r eaches the uppe r land from whence

he had i n his day o f devouring rage hu r led and
, ,

driven headlong the panic s t r icken fo e -

.

And n o w he ru ns o n ove r the lands of Pao m ai ,

through the wooded dells of the go r ge of Kai h o l e n a ,

and o nwa r d across Kau n o l u and Kalulu u ntil he ,

reaches the head s pring o f sacred Kealia called Waia

kekua ; and he r e he gathered bananas and ohelo be r
ries ; and as he stayed his hunge r with the pleasant
wild fr uit he beheld a white haired p r iest o f K au n o l u
,
—
,

bearing a calabash o f wate r .

The aged p riest feared the s talwa r t chief because he ,

was not upon his own sac r ed g r ound under the safe ,

wing of the taboo ; and therefo r e he bowed l o w and

cla sped the stout knee s and o ff e r ed the water to slake
,

the thi r s t o f the so rr owi ng chie f B ut K aaialii c r ied .

out : I thi r st not fo r wate r bu t for the sight o f my

“
,
 KAA LA AN D K A A IA LII 1
73
lo v e Tell me whe r e s h e i s hid and I will b r ing thee
.
,
”
hogs and men fo r the god s And t o thi s the glad
.

p r iest replied :
“
S o n of the s tout s pear ! I know thou s eekest the
sweet F lower o f Pal awai ; and no man but her s i r e h as
Seen her resting place ; but I kno w that thou s eekest
-

i n vai n i n the gro v es and in the ravi ne s and i n thi s

, ,

mou ntain Opu nui is a great dive r and h as h is den s

‘
.

i n the se a H e leav es the shore when n o one fo l

.

lows and he sleeps with the fi s h gods an d thou wilt

, ,

find thy love i n s ome cav e o f the rock bound s outhern —

sho r e .

The chief quickly tu r n s his face agai n seaward H e .

descends the deep shaded p at hway o f t h e rav i ne o f ,

K aun o l u H e winds his way through shaded thickets

.

o f o hia sandalwood the yellow m amani the sh r ub

, , ,

violet and the frag r ant na u H e halted n o t as he

,
—
.

reached the plai n o f Pal awai though the eve r over

,

hanging canopy o f cloud that shades this valley o f the

mountain cooled his weary feet These uppe r land s .

were still and n o voice was heard by the pili g r a s s

,

huts and the maika balls and the wickets o f the bowl
,

ing alle y o f Pal awai stood untouched because all the ,

people we r e with the g r eat chief by the sho r e of

K au n o l u ; and K aai al ii thought that he trod the flow
c r y p athway of the still valley alone .

But the r e was one who i n soothing his straine d

,

limbs after he fell by the gateway o f the temple had ,

planted strong love in he r o wn heart ; and sh e U a , ,

with he r lithe young limbs had followed this so rr ow

,

ing lord through all h is weary t r amp even through ,

1 74 H AWAI IA N F O LK TALES
the gorges and over the ramparts of the hills and s h e
, ,

was near the s ad way worn chief when he reached the

,

southern S hore .

The weary he r o o nly stayed h is step s when he

reached the b r ow o f the g r eat blu ff o f P al ik ah o l o .

The se a b r oke many hund r ed feet below whe r e h e '

stood The gulls and s c r eaming boatswain birds

.

sailed in mid air between his pe r ch and the gre en

-

waves H e looked up the coast t o his right and s aw

.
,

the lofty wond r ou s s e a columns o f H o n o p u H e

, .

looked to the left and beheld the c r ags o f Kalulu but

, ,

nowhere could he se e any S ign which should tell him

where his lo v e was hid away .

H is strong wild nature was touched by the distant

,

s o b and moan o f the sur f I t sang a song for his sad .

,

savage soul I t roused up befo r e his eyes other eyes

.
,

and lips and cheeks and clasps o f tender a r ms H is

, , .

own sinewy o nes he n o w st r etched o u t wildly i n the

mocking air H e g r oaned and sobbed and beat h is
.
, ,

breast as he cried out Kaala ! O Kaala ! Whe r e art

“
,

thou ? D ost thou sleep with the fi s h god s o r must I ,

”
go to j oin thee in the gr eat sha r k s maw ? ’

A s the s ad he r o thought o f this d r ead de v ou r er o f

many a tender child o f the i s le s h e hid h is face with ,

his hands looking with self to r t u r e upo n the image

,
— -

of his so ft young love c r unched bloody and sh r iek , ,

ing i n the j aws o f the hor r id g o d o f the H awaiian sea s ;

,

and as he thought and waked up in his heart the

memo r ies o f his love he felt that he mu s t s eek he r
,

even i n he r go r y g r ave in the s e a .

Then he look s fo r th again and as he gazes down ,

176 H AWAI I A N FO L K TA LE S
he had mingled his moan with the wild waters wail ’

that he would t u r n o nce mo r e to the i nland gr ove s ,

where s h e would twine hi m wreath s and s oothe his ,

limbs and rest his head upo n her k nee s ; but h e has
,

leaped fo r death he comes up no mo r e And U a

, .

wailed fo r K aaial u ; and as the chief ro s e no more fr om

o u t the lashed and lathe r ed se a s h e c r ied out
“
A u we , ,
”
A as f h e is dead ! And thu s wailing and
ka m a ke! ( l )
c r ying out and tea r ing her hai r S he r an back o v e r the
, ,

blu ffs and down the s hore t o the tabooed g r ou nd of

,

Kealia and wailing eve r flung hers elf at the feet o f

, ,

Kamehameha .

The King was g r ieved to hear fr om U a o f the loss

o f his young chief But the p r iest Pap al u a standing
.

“
near said : 0 Chief o f H eaven and of all the i s l es ;
, ,
‘

there where K aaialii h as leaped is the s ea den o f

Opunui and as thy b r ave spea r m an can follow t h e
,

tu r tle to h is deep se a nest he will se e the mouth o f ,

the cave and in it I think he will find h is lo s t love

, , , ,

Kaala the flowe r o f Pal awai

,
.

At thi s U a r oused up S he called t o he r b r othe r

.

Keawe and laying hold o n him pulled him towa r d

, ,

the s ho r e c rying o u t To thy canoe quick ! I will

,
“
, ,
”
help thee to paddle t o Kaumalapau F o r thu s s h e .

could r each the cave sooner than by the way o f the

And the g r eat chief al s o following s prang
'

blu fl s .
,

into his swiftest canoe and helping as was his wo n t

, ,

plunged his blade deep into the swelling tide and ,

bounded along by the fr owning s hore o f K u m o k u .

When K aaial ii plunged beneath the s u rging wate r s ,

he b ecame at o nce the searching dive r o f the H awaiian

 KAALA AN D K AA IA L II 17
7

seas ; and as h is keen eye peered th r oughout the

depths he s aw the po r tals of the ocean cav e into
,

which pou r ed the chargi ng main H e then stemming .

,

with easy play o f his well knit lim b s the suck and ru s h -

of the sea shot th r ough the current o f the gorge ; and

,

soon stood up up on the sunless strand .

At first he saw not but his ears took i n at once a,

s ad and piteous moan a sweet sad m oan for his ,

—
,

hungry ear of the voice o f her he s ought And

, .

there upo n the cold dank dismal floor h e could dimly

, ,

s e e his b leeding dying love ! uickly cla sping and

, .

soothing he r he lifted her u p to b ear he r t o the uppe r

,

air ; but the moans of his p oor weak Kaala told him
she would be strangled i n pa s sing through the se a .

A n d as he sat down and held h e r i n his a r ms s h e

, ,

feebly s poke : O my chief I can die n o w! I fea r ed

“
,

t hat the fish gods would take me and I should never ,

see thee more The eel b it me and the crab s crawled

.
,

ove r m e and when I d ared the s ea t o g o and seek

,

thee my weak a r ms could no t fight t h e tide ; I was

,

to r n against the j aws o f the cave and thi s and the fea r ,
”
of the god s ha ve s o hu r t me that I mu s t die ,
.

”
“
Not so m y love said the s ad and tea r ful chief
, ,
.

I am with thee now I give thee the warmth o f my.

hea r t Feel my life in thine Live O my Kaala fo r

. .
, ,

me Come r e s t and be calm and when thou canst

.
, ,

hold thy b r eath I will take thee t o the sweet ai r again ,

and t o thy valley whe r e thou s halt twine w r eath s fo r

,

me . And thus with fond words and cares s es he

sought to soothe his love .

But the poor girl still bled as she moaned ; and wi th

1
7 s H AWAI I AN F O LK TA L ES
“
fainter voice s h e said No my chief I shall never , , ,

twine a w r eath but o nly my arms once mo r e a r ound

,
”
thy neck And feebly clasping him s h e said i n sad
.
, ,

sobbing fainting tone s Aloha my s weet lo r d ! Lay

,
“
, ,

me among the flowe r s by W aiak e ak u a an d d o n o t ,

slay my fathe r .

Then breathing moans and mu r mur s of love she

, ,

lay fo r a time weak and fainting upon he r lo v e r s ’

b r east with her arm s d r oopi ng by he r side But all

, .

at o nce s h e clasp s h is neck and with cheek to cheek , ,

s h e clings s h e moan s s h e gasp s he r last throbs of love

, ,

and pas s e s away ; and he r p oo r to r n corse lies limp

within the a r ms o f the love lorn chie f -
.

As he c r ies o u t in his wo e there a r e other voices i n

the cave Fi r s t he hears the voice of U a speaking t o
.

him i n soothing tones as s h e S toop s to the body of h e r

friend ; and th en i n a little while he hears the voice of
h i s g r eat l eade r calling t o him and bidding him s tay his
g r ief . O King o f all the S ea s said K aaial ii s tand
“
, ,

ing up and leaving Kaala to the a r ms of U a I have “

,

lo s t the flowe r thou gave s t m e ; it is b r oken and dead ,

and I have n o mo r e j o y i n life .

” “
What ! said Kamehameha art thou a chief and , ,

would s t cast away life fo r a gi r l ? H ere is U a who ,

love s thee ; s h e is young and tender like Kaala Thou .

shalt have her and mo r e if thou do s t want Thou shalt

, , .

have besides the land I gave thee i n Kohala all

, ,

that thou s halt ask of Lanai I ts great valley o f .

P al awai s hall be thine ; and thou shalt watch my fi s hing

”
g r ound s o f K au n o l u and be the L o r d of Lanai
,
.

”
“
H ea r O King s aid K aaial ii
,
“
,
I gave to Kaala .
1 80 H AWAI I AN FO LK TALE S
Th y h ll f d
e s w y
a th
a hille a a on e s .

0 K i lii wh
aa a h ll p t h k
, o s a s e ar e u u

O K l wh h ll g th t h e
aa a, o s a a er n a -u

H v y g t th h
a e e on e f K h iki
o e s or es o a ,

T th l d f
o e f th W k ?
an o ou r a er , a ea

W ill y f d e th ee f th c v
on e m o ss o e a e,

A d t h li p t
n e f th m fb t h ?
e s o e su r - e a e n s or e

O chi f 0 f i e d I w ld f d y
e ,
r n , ou ee e,

O chi f 0 f i d I w ld t y
e , r en , ou r es e.

Y l v d li k t h
e o e , d th fl w
e e su n an e o er ,

Y li d li k t h fi h
e ve d th w v
e e s an e a e,

A d
n w li k t h
no d i eh ll e se e s n a s e ,

Y l p i y c v by t h
e s ee n ou r a e e se a .

Al !
as O chi f l ! O y f i d e , a as m r en ,

W ill y l p i th c v v
e s ee ?
”
n e a e e er m or e

And thus U a wailed and then was bo r ne a way by ,

her brothe r to the sorrowful shore of K au n o l u where ,

there was loud wailing for the chief and the maid ; and
many we r e the chants o f lamentation fo r the two lovers ,

who sleep side by side i n the S pouting Cave o f Kaala .

 X VI
TH E T O M B O F P U U P EH E

A L E G END OF L AN A I
FR O M T H E H A W A I I A N G A Z ETT E
“

N E o f the interesti n g localities of tradition famed ,

i n H awaiian song and story o f ancient days is ,

situate at the southwestern poi nt of the island of

Lanai and known as the Kup ap a u o P uup eh e o r
, ,

Tomb o f Pu u p e h e At the poi nt indicated o n the

lee w
.
,

ard coast o f the island may be seen a huge block

,

of red lava about eighty feet high and som e sixty feet
i n diameter standing o u t i n the s e a and detached
, ,

from the m ainland some fifty fathoms a r ound which ,

centres the following legend .

Observed from the overhanging blu ff that overlook s

Pu u p e h e upo n the summit o f thi s block o r elevated
‘

islet would be noticed a small inclosu r e fo r med b y a

,

l o w stone wall This is said to be the last resting

place of a H awan an girl whose body was buried the r e
by her lover M ak ak e hau a war r ior o f Lanai
, .

Pu u p e h e was the daughter o f Uaua a petty chief , ,

one o f the dependents o f the king o f Maui and she ,

was wo n by young M ak ak e h au as the j oint prize of

love and war These two a r e desc r ibed i n the Ka ni
.

ka u or Lamentation o f Pu u p e h e as mutually captive

, , , ,

1 81
1 82 H AWA I I AN FO LK TALE S
the one t o the othe r The maiden was a sweet flower .

o f H awaiian beauty H er glos sy b r own spotless body

.
,

s hone like the clear s u n ri s ing o u t of H aleakala

“
.

H e r fl owing cu r ly hai r bound by a w r eath of lehua

, ,

blos s oms st r eamed fo r th as s h e ran like the su r f

,
“
”
c r e s ts s cuddin g before the wind A n d the star r y .

eyes o f the beautiful daughte r of Uaua blinded the

young wa r rio r s o that he was called M ak ak e h au o r
, ,

M i s ty Eyes
The H awa i i an b r ave fea r ed that the comeliness o f
h is dea r capti v e would cause he r t o be coveted by the
chiefs o f the land H is soul yea r ned t o keep her all
.

t o himsel f H e said : . Let u s g o to the clear wate r s

o f Kalulu There we will fi s h together fo r the kala
.

and the aku and the r e I will spear the turtle I will
, .

hide y o u my belo ved forever in the c ve o f M al au e a

, ,
a .

O r we will dwell together i n the g r e at ravine o f Pala

,

wai whe r e we will eat the young o f the uwau bird and
, ,

we will bake them i n k i leaf with the sweet pala fern

root The o helo be rr ies o f the mount ain s will refr esh
.

my love We will drink o f the cool waters o f Mauna

.

lei I will thatch a hut i n the thick et o f Kaohai fo r

.

ou r r esting place and we shall love o n till the stars

-
,

die .

The mele s tell o f their l ove in the Pulou r avine ,

whe r e they caught the b r ight iiwi bi r d s and the sca r let ,

a a an i Ah what sweet j oy s i n the banana g r oves

p p .
,

o f W aiak e ak u a whe r e the love r s s aw naught so beau

,

”
tiful as themsel v e s ! B ut the misty eyes were soon
“

t o be made dim by weep i ng and dimme r till the , ,

drowning b r ine s h ould cl o s e them forevermore .

1 84 H AWAI I A N F O L K TA LE S
love i n the seething gulf of the whi r lpool what would ,

be t o him the s ublime cata r act ? What t o se e amid ,

the boiling foam the uptu r ned face and the dear ten , ,

de r body o f one s o wn and o nly poor dea r love all

’

mangled ? Y ou might agonize on the b r ink ; but M aka

k e h au s p r ang i n to the d r eadful pool and s natched his
mu r de r ed bride fr om the j aw s o f an ocean g r ave
Th e n e x
.

t day fi s h e r m e n heard the lamentatio n o f

~

M ak ak e h au and the women o f the valley came down

,

and wailed ove r Pu u p e h e They w r apped he r in .

bright new kapa They placed upon her ga r land s o f

.

the fr ag r ant na u ( ga r denia ) They p r epared her for

-
.

burial and we r e about t o place he r in the bu r ial g r ound

,

o f M an e l e but M ak ak e h au prayed that he might be

,

left alone o n e night mo r e with h is lo s t love And he .

was left as he de s i r ed .

The next day n o co r pse n o r we e pin g l o ve r were to be

found till after some s ea r ch M ak ak e h au was seen at
,

wo r k piling u p stones o n the t o p o f the lone s e a towe r .

The wo nde r ing people o f Lanai looked o n fr om the

neighbo r ing blu ff and some s ailed a r ound the base o f
,

the columna r rock in their canoe s still wonde r ing , ,

becau s e they could se e n o way fo r him t o a s cend fo r ,

eve r y face o f the r ock is p e r pendicula r o r o v e r hangi n g .

The o l d belief was that some a ku a ka nekoa o r kea we

, , ,

deitie came at the c r y o f M ak ak e h au and

m a nhi l i
( s
) ,

helped him with the dead gi r l t o the t o p .

When M ak ak e h au had fini s hed his labo r s o f placing

h i s lo s t love i n he r g r ave and placed the last stone
upon it he s tretched o u t his a r m s and wailed fo r
,

Pu u p e h e thus,
 TH E TOM B OF PU U PEH E 1 85

W h e r e ar e
y ou O Puu p e h e ?
Ar e y o u in t h e c ave o f M al au e a ?
h ll
S a br I i gy n ou s t
we e wa t er ,

Th e wat er o f t h e m oun a n ? ti
I
S h all br i n g t h e u wau ,

Th e p al a an d t h e o h e l o ?
,

h
Ar e y o u b ak n t h e i g on u

thl ?
An d t h e r e d swe e a a

S h ll I p
a d th k l f M i ?
ou n e a o o au

S h ll w dip i t h g
a e d t g th ?n e ou r o e er

Th b i d
e d th fi h
r bitt
an e s ar e er ,

A d th
n ti wt i
e m oun a n a er s so ur .

I h ll d i k it
s a r n ; n o m ore

I h ll d i k with Aip hi
s a r n u ,

Th g t h k f M
e r ea ls ar o au e e .

Ceasing his sad wail M ak ak e h au leaped from the

,

rock i nto the boiling surge at its b a s e where h is body ,

was crushed in the b reakers The people wh o beheld .

the sad scene secured the mangled corp s e and buried

it with r e spect in the k u p ap au of M an e l e .
 X VI I
AI KA N AKA
A L E G END OF M O L O KAI
R EV . A .
-0 . F OR B E S
the leewa r d side of the i s land o f Molokai a
N
O little to the east o f Kaluaaha lies the beautiful ,

valley o f M apu l e hu at the m outh of which is located ,

the h ei a u o r temple o f Il iili o p ae which was erected

, , ,

by di r ection of K u p a the M o i to look directly out -

, ,

upo n the har b o r o f Ai Kanaka n o w known as Pukoo -

, .

At the time of its construction centuries ago Kupa , ,

was the M oi or s overeign of the district embracing

, ,

the A hup uaas o r land divisions o f M apu l e hu and

, ,

Kaluaaha and he had his re s idence i n this heiau which

,

was built b y him and famed as the la r gest throughout

the whole H awaiian group .

Kupa had a p r iest named Kamalo who resided at ,

Kaluaaha This p r ie s t had t wo boys embodiments of

.
,

mischief who one day while the King was absent o n a

,

fishi n g expedition took the oppo r tunity to visit his ,

house at the heiau Finding there the p a bu ku cke .

l

A pe ie f d
1
s d e f h ll wed e ti f h
c so ru m m a k f ou t o t ee a o o s c on o t e tr u n tr

I t w g e e ll y
o a coco an u

an d v e ed v e
co r d with h k ki
o r one en di pi s l ge
ar s n. as n ra u se n a rs, o n e ar r

th h the
t e wh t fte h i de f h b
e o r som d te a da f ivi l i ed
r t ti
e a o t e ass an nor rum s o c na

i gw
an z ons
, .

O f h Sd t w pl ed
es eith e i d e f h p e f e d h d
rum s as on r s t r or m r , an t

pe f e d with b th h d by t pp g wit h h fi g e By pe li v i ti f h
ne o ac o e e ru m m n as

r or m o an s a in t e n rs . cu ar ar a on s o t e

1 86
1 88 H AWAI I AN F O LK TA L E S
windwa r d s ide o f the i s land whe r e he would find the ,

p r iest K ah iwak aap u u who was a kah u or s tewa r d o f

, , ,

K au h u h u the s ha r k g o d
,
O nce mo r e the poor man
.

s houlde r ed h is pig wended his way up the long ascent

,

of the hill s o f Kalae t o the pali o f Kalaupapa descend ,

ing which he p r e s ented himself befo r e K ah iwak aap u u ,

and pleaded h is cau s e H e was again di r ected to go

.

still fa r the r along the windwa r d s ide o f the island till

h e s hould come t o the A n a p u h i ( eel s cave ) a singular
’

cave r n at s e a le v el in the bold cli ff s b etween the v al

ley s o f W aik o l u and Pelekunu whe r e K au h u h u the , ,

s ha r k od dwelt and t o him he mu s t apply Upon

g , , .

thi s away went Kamalo and his pig A rr iving at the .

cave he found the r e Waka and M OO two k ahu s of

, ,
”
the s ha r k g o d “
Keep O ff ! Keep o ff ! they shouted
. .

“
Thi s pl ce i s kapu N o man can ente r he r e o n pen
a .
,
”
alty o f death .

“
D eath o r life an swered he it i s all the same
, ,

t o me if I can only gain my r evenge fo r my poor b oy s

”
wh o have been killed H e then r elated h i s sto r y
.
,

and his wande r ing s adding that he had come to make

,

his appeal t o K au h u h u and ca r ed n o t fo r h is ow n life .

“
“
Well said they to him K au hu hu is away n o w
, ,

fi s hing but if he find s y o u h ere when he r eturn s our

, ,

lives as well as you r s will pay the fo r feit H oweve r .

,

we will s e e what we can d o t o help you We mu s t .

hide y o u he r eabout s s omewhe r e and when he retu r n s

, ,
”
t r u s t t o ci r cum s tance s t o accompli s h you r purpo s e .

B ut they could find n o p l ace t o hide him whe r e he

would be s ecu r e fr om the s ea r ch o f the g o d except the ,

rubbi s h pile whe r e the o ff al and s c r aping s o f taro were

 AI KANAKA 1 89

thrown They therefo r e th r ust him and his pig into

.

t h e rubbish heap and covered them o v e r wi t h the ta r o

peeling s enj oining him to keep pe r fectly still and

, ,

watch till he s hould see eight heavy breake r s roll in

successively fr om the s e a H e then would know that
.

Kau h u hu was returning fr om his fishi n g expedition .

Accordingly after waiti n g a while the eight heavy

, ,

rollers appeared breaking succe ss i v ely again s t the

,

rocks ; and sure enough as the eighth dissolved into

,

foam the g r eat shark g o d came ashore I mmediately

, .

assuming human form he began snu ffi ng about the

,

place and addressing Waka and M OO his k ah u s s aid

, , ,

to them There is a man here They s t r enuously

“
,
.

denied the charge and pro tested again s t the pos s ibility
of the i r allowing such a de s ecratio n o f the premises .

Bu t he was not satisfied H e in si s ted that there was

.

a man s omewhere a b out sayi n g I smell him and if

,
“
, ,

I find him y o u are dead men ; if not y o u escape , He .

e xamined the premises ove r and over again never ,

su s pecting the rubbish heap and was about giving up

,
l
the search when unfo r tunately K am al o s pig s ent
, ,

forth a squeal which revealed the poo r fellow s hiding ’

place.

N o w came the dread moment The en r aged Kau

.

huhu seized Kamalo with both hand s and lifting him ,

up with the intention o f swallowing him according t o ,

his shark instinct had al r eady i nserted the victim s head

,
’

and shoulders i nto his mouth before he could speak

O K au hu h u befo r e y o u eat m e hear my petitio n ;
, ,
”
then do as y o u like .

“
Well fo r you that y ou spoke as you did ,
1 90 H A W AI I AN F O LK TA LE S
answered K au hu hu setting him down again o n the
,

“
grou n d . N o w what have you to s ay ?
,
Be quick
about it .

Kamalo then r ehearsed his g r ievances and his t r aVe l s

in sea r ch for revenge and p r esented h is pig t o the god
, .

Compas sio n arose i n th e b r east of K au h u hu and ,

he said H ad you come for any other pu r pose I

,
“

would have eate ny o u but as your cau s e is a sacred o n e

,

I espouse it and will revenge it o n Kupa the King

, .

You must howeve r d o all that I tell y o u Retu r n t o

, , .

the heiau o f Pu u k ahi at the foot of the pali and take

, ,

the priest K ahiwak aapu u o n you r back and carry h im ,

up the pali over to the other s ide o f the island all the ,

way t o your home at Kaluaaha E r ect a sacred fence .

all a r ound your dwelling place and surrou nd it with -

,

the sac r ed flags o f white kapa Collect black hog s by .

the l a u ( four hundred ) red fi s h by the lau white fowls

, ,

by the lau and bide m y coming Wait and watch till

,
.

you s e e a small cloud the size o f a man s hand a r ise ’

white as snow over th e i s land o f Lanai That cloud

, .

will enlarge as i t makes its way across the channel

against the wind until it r ests o n the m ountai n peaks
o f M olokai back o f M a u l e h u Valley Then a rain
p .

bow will span t h e V alley fr om s ide t o side whereby ,

you will know that I am there and that you r tim e o f ,

r evenge h as come Go n o w and remember that y o u

.
,

a r e t h e o nly man who ever ventured into the sacred

”
precincts o f the g r eat K au h u h u and r eturned alive .

Kamalo r etu r ned with a j oyful heart and perfo r med

all that had been commanded him H e built the .

sacred fence a r ound his dwelling ; surrounded the

1 92 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALES
that region that when the rainbow spans M apu l e hu
“

”
Valley then look out for the W a i a kol oa
, ,
a furious
storm o f rai n and wind which sometimes comes su d
d e n l y down that valley
.
 XV I I I
K A L IU W A A

S C ENE TH E D E M I G OD KAM APUAA S E S C A PE ’

FR O M O LO PAN A
F ROM “ TH E H AWAII AN S P ECT A TOR
F EW miles east o f Laie o n the wi ndward s ide
,

o f the island o f Oahu are situated the valley and

,

fall s o f K al iu waa noted as o n e o f the m ost b eautiful

,

and romantic spots of the island and famed i n tradi ,

tion as p ossessing mor é than local interest .

The valley ru ns back some t wo miles terminating ,

abruptly at the foot o f the precipitous chain of moun

tains which runs nearl y the whole length of the wind
ward side of Oahu excep t for a narrow gorge which
,

a ff o r ds a channel for a fi n e br ook that descends with con

s i d e r ab l e regularity to a level with the s e a Leaving .

his horse at the terminatio n o f the valley and e ntering

this nar r ow pass of n o t over fifty o r sixty f eet i n width ,

the traveller winds his way along crossing and recross,

ing the stream several times till he seems t o be enter

,

ing i nto the very mountai n The walls o n each side

.

a r e o f solid rock fr om t wo hund r ed to th r ee hundred

, ,

and i n some places four hundred feet high directly ,

overhead leaving but a narrow strip o f s k y visible

,
.

F ollowing up the stream fo r about a quarter o f a

19
3
1 94 H A W AI I A N F O LK TAL ES
mile o ne s attention is directed by the guide to a curi
,
’

o s it
y called by the natives a waa
( canoe ) Turning .

to the right o n e follows Up a dry channel of what

,

once must have been a considerabl e stream t o the ,

distance of fifty yards fr om the pre s ent stream H ere .

o n e is stopped by a wall of solid rock rising

p p
er en

d icu l ar l y before o n e to the height of some two hundred

feet and down which the whole stream must have
,

descended i n a beautiful f all This perpendicular .

wall is worn in b y the former action o f the water in

the shape of a gouge and i n the most perfect manne r ;
,

and as o ne looks upon it i n all i t s grandeur b ut with ,

out the p r esence o f the cause by which it was formed ,

he can sca r cely divest his mind of the impression that

he is gazing upo n some stupendous work o f art .

Returning t o the p r esent brook we again pursued ,

o u r way toward the fall b ut had not advanced far

,

before we arrived at another o n the left hand side of

,

the brook simila r i n many respects but much larger

, ,

and higher than the o n e above mentioned The form .

ing agent cannot b e mistaken when a careful survey ,

is made o f either o f these stupendous pe r pendicular

troughs The span is considerably wide r at the b o t
.

t o m than at the top this r e s ult b eing produced by the

,

sp r eading o f the sheet o f water as i t was p r ecipitated

“

fr om the dizzy height above The b readth o f this .

o n e is about twen t y feet at the bottom and its depth ,

about fou r teen feet But its depth and span gradually
.

dimini s h from the bottom t o the top and the rock is ,

wo r n as smooth as if chi s elled b y the hand of an artist .

M oss and small plant s have sprung o u t fr om the little

1
9 6 H AWAI I AN FO LK TALE S
clothes the ground and in some places the beautifully
,

bu r nished leaves o f the ohia or native apple tree,

-

almost exclude the fe w rays of

( g
E u e n i a m a l a ccensi s
) ,

light that fi nd their way down i n t o t his secluded nook s

.

A little farther o n and the graceful bam b oo sends up

,

its slender stalk to a great height mingling its dark , ,

glossy foliage with the S ilvery leaves o f the kukui Or ,

candle nut ( Al eu f i t es m ol ucca na); these together form

-

a striking contrast t o the black walls which rise in

s uch sullen g r andeur o n each side

N or is the beauty of the spot confined to the l u x

.

u r i an t verdure , o r the stupendous walls and beetling

crags The st r eam itself i s beautiful From the b asin

. .

at the fall s to the lowest point at which we observed

it every succeeding s tep presents a delightful change
,
.

H ere its pa r tially confined waters burst forth with

,

considerable fo r ce and struggle o n among t h e oppos

,

ing rocks fo r some di s tance ; there collected i n a little ,

basin i t s limpid wa v es pure as the drop s o f d e w from

, ,

the wom b o f the morning ci r cle rou nd i n ceaseless

,

eddies u ntil they get withi n the influence o f the down

,

ward current when away they whirl with a g u rgling

, , ,

happy sound as if j oyous at being released fr om their

,

tempo r a r y confinement Again an aged kukui whose

.
, ,

t runk is white with the moss of accumulated years ,

th r ows his b r oad boughs far over the stream that

nourishes his vigorous roots ca s ting a me r idian S hado w
,

u po n the su r face o f the water which is reflected b ack

,

with S ingular di s tinctness fr om its mi rr o r ed bosom .

To every othe r g r atification m ust be added the i n -

compa r able fr ag r ance o f the fr e s h wood i n perpetual ,

K UU M A N A TH E R AI N G OD OF KA U
198 H AWAI I AN F O LK TAL E S
convey the tidings to the King This defeat so .

enraged the monarch that he d ete r mined to go in per

s o n with all his force and either destroy his enemy o r
, ,

d r ive him fr om his dominions H e accordingly des .

,

pising ease inglo r iou s ,

W ake d u ith
p, w d so u n of c chon an t p t h ll
d r um e s e ,

Th e w ll t i d w i
e - r e ar r o r s o f his na ti d ll
ve e ,

at whose head he sought his waiting enemy Success .

attending the King s attack his foe was drive n from

’

the field with great loss and betook himself to the ,

gorge of Kal iu waa which leads to the falls H ere the

, .

King tho u ght he had him safe ; and one would think
so t o o to look at the immense precipices that rise on
,

each S ide and the falls in front But the sequel will
,
.

S how that he had a slippery fellow to deal with at ,

least when he chose t o assume the cha r acter o f a swine ;

for being pushed t o the upper end o f the gorge near
,

the fall s and seeing no other way o f escape he su d

, ,

d e n l y t r ansformed himse lf i nto a hog and rearing , ,

upon his hind legs and leaning his back against the
perpendicular precipice thus a ffo r ded a ve r y comfort
,

able ladder upon which the rem nant o f the a r my

ascended and made their escape fr om the vengeance
o f the King Possessing such powe r s i t i s easy t o see
.
,

h o w he could follow t h e example o f h is soldiers and

make his o wn escape Th e smooth channels befo r e
.

described a r e said t o have b een made b y him o n these

occasi ons ; fo r he was mo r e than once caught in the
same p r edicament Old native s still believe that they
.

a r e the p r i nts o f his back ; and they account fo r a very

 KA L IU W A A 1
99
natural phenomenon b y bringing to their aid this
,

most natural and foolish superstition .

M any obj ects i n the neighborhoo d are identified

with this remarka b le personage such as a large rock,

to which he was tied a wide place i n the brook where

,

he used to drink and a number o f trees he is said to

, ,

have planted Many other things respecting him are

.

current b ut as they do n o t relate to the matter i n

,

hand it will perhaps su ff i ce to say i n conclusion that

, , ,

traditio n further asserts that K am apu aa ca u e r e d the

volcano when Pele its goddess b ecame his wife and
, ,

that they afterward lived together i n harmony That .

is the reaso n why there are no m ore islands form ed or ,

very e x tensive eruptions i n these later days as b oiling ,

lava was the most potent weapo n s h e used in fighting

her enemies throwing out such quantities as greatly t o
,

I ncrease the size of the islands and even to form n ew

,

o nes .

Visitors to the falls even to this day meet with

, ,

evidences of the superstitious awe i n which the locality

is held b y the natives A party wh o recently visited
.

the spot state that when they reached the falls they
were instructed to make an o ff ering t o the presiding
goddess This was done in true H awaiian style ; they
.

b uilt a tiny pile of stones o n o ne or t wo large leaves ,

and s o made the m selves safe from falling s tones which ,

otherwise would assuredly have struck them .

 XIX
BATTLE O F TH E OW LS
JOS . M . PO E PO E
followin g is a fai r specimen o f the animal
T HE
myths cu rr ent i n ancient H awaii and illustrates ,

the place held by the o wl i n H awaiian mythology .

The r e lived a man n amed Kapoi at K ah e hu n a i n , ,

H onolulu wh o went o n e day t o K e wal o to get some

,

thatching fo r h is house O n his way back he found

.

some owl s eggs which h e gathe r ed togethe r and

’

b r ought home with him I n the evening he wrapped .

them i n ti leaves and was about t o roast them i n h o t

ashe s when an o wl perched o n the fence which su r
,

r ounded h is house and called out to him O Kapoi “

, ,
”
give me my eggs !
Kapoi a s ked the o wl H o w many eggs had you ?
“
,

Seven eggs replied the owl

, .

Kapoi then said Well I wish to r oast these eggs

“
, ,

fo r my supper .

The o wl asked the second time fo r its eggs and was ,

answe r ed by Kapoi in the same man ner Then said .

the o wl O heartle s s Kapoi ! why don t you take pity

,
“ ’

o n me ? Give me my eggs .

Kapoi then told the o wl to come and take them .

The o wl having g o t the egg s told Kapoi to build

, ,

a h ei a u o r temple and in s t r ucted him to make an

u
p , ,

200
20 2 HA WAI I AN F O LK TALE S
Kapoi was released the King ackno wledging that his
,

A kua ( g o d) was a powerful one

. From that time the
o wl has been recognized as o ne of the many d e It Ie s

venerated by the H a waiian people .

 XX
T H I S LA N D I S T H E
I I
TR AD T O N AL ACC O U N T O F AN
W AIIAN PR O P H E C Y

T R A N S LA T ED F ROM MO K E M A N U BY TH OS . G . TH RUM
T is s tated in the history of K ao p u l u pu l u that he
was famed among the kahunas of the island of
Oahu for his power and wisdom in the e x ercise of his
profession and was known throughout the land as a
,

leader among the pries t s H is place o f residence was

.

at W aimea betwee n K o o l au l o a and Waialua O ahu

, , .

There he married and there Was born to him a son

,

whom he named K ah u l u p u e and whom he instructed

,

during his youth in all priestly vocations .

I n afte r y ear s when Ku m ah ana brother o f K ah ah an a

,

of M aui became the governing chief ( a li i a im oku ) of

,

Oahu Kahu l u p u e was chosen by him as his priest

,
.

This chief d id evil u nto his subj ects seizing their ,

property and beheading and maiming many with the

l ei om a n o ( shark s tooth weapon ) and p a h oa ( dagger )
’

without p r ovocation so that he b ecame a reproach t o

,

his people From su ch treatment K ahu l u pu e e n

.

d e av o r e d to dissuade him assuring him t hat such a

,

cou r s e would fail to win their support and obedience ,

wher eas the s upplying o f food and fi s h with covering,

203
204 H AWAI I A N FO LK TA LE S
fo r the b ody and malos would ins u re their a ff ectio n
, ,

ate regard The day of the people was nea r for the
.
,

time of conflict was approaching when he would meet

the e n emy But these counsel s o f Kahu l u p u e were
.

di s rega r ded s o h e re t u rned to his father at Waimea

, .

N o t long thereafter this chief K u m ah an a was ca s t

out and rej ected b y the lesser chiefs and people and ,

unde r cove r o f night h e escaped by canoe to M olokai ,

where he was ignored and became lost to further history

in consequence o f his w r ong doings - .

When K ah e k il i King of M aui hea r d of the stealthy

, ,

flight o f the gove r ning chief o f O ahu he placed the ,

you ng p r ince K ah ah an a his foster s o n as ruler ove r

,
-
,

Oahu i n the place o f his deposed relative Ku m ah an a , .

Thi s occu rr ed about the y ea r 1 7 7 3 and K ahah an a ,

took with him as h is intimate fr iend and companion

o ne Alapai K ah ah an a chose as h is place o f residence
.

the shade o f the k o u and cocoanut t r ees of U l u k o u ,

Waikiki whe r e also gathered together the chiefs o f the

,

i sland t o discuss and conside r questio n s of state .

The n ew ruler being o f fine and stalwart form and

handsome appearance th e chiefs and commo n p eople
,

maintained that his fame in this re s pect induced a cele

b r at e d chieftaines s o f Kauai named K e k u ap o i to v o y
, ,

age hithe r H er hi s tory it is s aid s howed that she

.
, ,

alone excelled i n maiden cha r m and beauty ; s h e was

hand s ome beyond all other chieftaines s e s fr om H awaii
”
t o Kauai as ,
“
the thi r d b r ightne s s o f the su n ( be akol u
u l a 0 ka l a ) I n consequence K ah ah an a took he r as
.
,

his wife s h e being own si s ter t o K e k u am an o h a

, .

At th is time the thought occu r red to the Ki n g to

206 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALE S
called K aho k u we l o wel o This was c r own land at Waia
.

lua in ancient times E nte r ing the temple he p r ayed

.

fo r success in his j ourney after which he proceeded

,

along the plains o f L au hu l u till reaching the A n ah u l u

s t r eam thence by K e m o o to K u k an il o k o
,
the shelte r
,
—

of whose p r ominent rock the chieftaines s e s o f Oahu

were wont t o choose fo r thei r place o f confinement .

Leaving this place he came t o K al ak o a where

“

K e k i o p il o the p r ophet p r iest lived and died and the ,

s cene o f his vi s ion at high noon when he prophesied

o f the coming o f fo r eigne r s with a strange language .

H ere h e stopped and rested with s ome o f the people ,

and ate fo od with them after which he j ourneyed o n

,

by way o f Waipio by the ancient path o f that time till

he passed Ewa an d r eached K ap u k ak i .

The su n was well up when he reached the water o f

Lap ak e a s o he hastened his steps i n a s cending Kau
,

walua at M o an al ua and pau s ed not till he came t o

, ,

the mouth o f the Ap u ak e h au stream at Waikiki .

P r oceeding along th e sand at t h is place he was d is

cerned by the retaine r s o f the King and g r eeted with
”
the sh out H e r e comes the p r iest K ao pu l u p u l u
“
,
.

When the King hea r d this h e was exceedingl y

pleased ( p ih oih oi l oa ) at the time and o n the p r ie s t s
,
’

meeting with King K ah ahan a he welcomed Kao p u l u

pulu with loud rej oicing .

Without delay the King se t apart a house whe r ei n

t o meet and discuss with the p r ie s t tho s e things he

had in mind and i n the co n s ide r atio n o f question s

,

from firs t t o la s t K ao p u l u p u l u replied with g r eat

,

wisdom in accordance with h is knowledge o f h is p r o

 TH I S LAN D IS TH E SEA S ’
20 7

fe s sio n At this time o f their conference he sat within

.

the doorway of the house and the su n was near its

,

setting AS h e turned to observe this he gazed out

.

into the sky and noticing the gathering short clouds

oko in the heavens he exclaimed
( p )
ao ,

“
O heaven the road is b road for the King it is full
, ,

of chiefs and people ; narro w is my path that of the ,

kahu na ; you will n o t b e a b le to find it 0 King , .

E ven n o w the short clouds reveal t o me the manner

of your r e ig n ; i t will not be m any days Should you
‘

heed my words O King you will live t o g r ay hair

, , .

”
But you will b e the king to slay me and my child .

At these words o f the p r iest the King meditated

“
seriously for some time then spoke as f ollows : Why
,

should my days be sho r t and why should your death

,

”
be b y m e the King ?
,

“
K ao pu l u p u l u replied : O King let us look into the
,

future Should you die O King the lands will b e

.
, ,

desolate ; but for me the kahuna the nam e will live

, ,

o n from o ne generatio n to another ; but my death will

b e b efore thine and when I am up o n the heaven
,

feared altar then my words will gnaw thee O Ki ng , ,

”
and the rains and the su n will bear witness .

These courageous words o f K aop u l u pu l u spoken ,

in the pre s ence o f Kah ah an a without fear and regard ,

less o f the dignity and maj esty o f the King were ,

uttered because of the certainty that the time would

come whe n his words would be carried into e ff ect .

The King re m ained quiet Without saying a word ,

keep ing his thoughts t o himsel f .

After this conference the King took K ao p u l u p u l u

20 8 H AWAI I AN FO LK TA LE S
to b e his priest and in course of time he b ecame also
,
h

an i ntimate companion i n con s tant attendance upon ,

the King an d counselled him in the care of his sub

,

old and young in al l that pe r tained to their

j e ct s
, ,

welfare The King rega r ded his words and in thei r

.
,

circuit o f the i s land together they fou nd the people

contented and holding thei r rule r i n high esteem .

But at the end of t hree years the King attempted some

wrong t o certain o f h is subj ects like unto that o f his
depo s ed predecesso r The prie s t remonstrated with
.

him continually but he would n o t rega r d his counsel ;

,

therefore K ao pu l u pu l u left King K ahah an a and r e

,

t u r ned to his land at Waimea and at once tattooed his

knees This was done as a S ign that the King had

.

turned a deaf ea r t o his admonitions .

Whe n several days had passe d rumors among cer ,

tain people o f Waialua reached the priest that he was

t o be summoned to appear befo r e the King in c o n s e

q u e n ce o f this act which had,

g r eatly a nge r ed his
august lord Kah ahan a had gone to r eside at Waianae
.
,

and fr om there shortly afterwa r d he sent messengers

t o fetch K ao p u l u p u l u and his son K ah u l u p u e fr om

Waimea .

I n the early m orning of the day of the messenger s ’

a rr ival a rain b o w stood directly in the doorway o f

,

K ao p u l u p u l u s house and he a s ked o f his god its

’

meaning ; but his prayer was b r oken ( u a h aki ka p u l e ) .

Thi s boded him ill ; therefo r e he called t o h is s o n t o

s tand i n p r aye r ; but the re s ult was the same Then .

“
he said This au g ur s o f the day o f death ; s e e ! the
,

rising up o f a man i n the pa s s o f H ap u u putting o n ,

2 10 H AWAI I AN F O LK TAL E S
a kamaaina at K awai hap ai I n passing the night at
.

this place K ahu l u p u e slept not b ut went o u t to exam

,

In c the fi s hing canoes o f that neigh b orhood F inding .

a large one suitable for a voyage h e returned and ,

awoke his father that they might fl ee together that

,

night to Kauai and dwell on the knoll o f Kal al e a .

B ut K ao pu l u p u l u declined the idea of flight I n the .

mo r ning ascendi ng a hill they turned an d looked

, ,

back ove r the s e a S p r ay o f Waialua to the swimm ing

-

halas of Kahuku beyo nd Love fo r the place of his

.

b irth s o ove r came K ao pu l u p u l u fo r a time that his

tea r s flowed fo r that he should se e it n o m o r e .

Then they proceeded o n their way till passing ,

K ae n a Point t hey r eached the temple of Puaak an o e

,
.

At this sac r ed boundary K ao pu l u pu l u said to h is s o n ,

“
Let u s sw i m I n the s e a and touch along the coast of
M akua . At o n e o f their resting places j ourneying—
,

thu s he sai d with direct truthfulness as his words

, , ,

p r ov ed z
“
Where
-
a r e y ou my so n ?
,
For this drench
ing o f the high priests by the s e a seized will be the ,

s acred lands ( m oo ka u from Waianae to K u al o a by

p )
—

the chief fr om the east .

As they were talki ng they beheld the King s men ’

approaching along the sand o f M akua and shortly ,

afte r ward these men came befo r e them and seized

them and tied their hands b ehind thei r backs and t ook
them to the place o f King Kahah an a at Pu u k e a ,

Waianae and put them father and son i n a n e w grass

, , ,

hut u nfinished o f its ridge thatch and tied them the , ,

one to the end po s t ( p ouh a na ) and the other to the

co r ne r p ost ( p ou m a nu) of the house .
2 12 H AWAI I AN FO LK TALE S
he was brought b efore the King by the soldiers and ,

without g r oans for his i njurie s was s lain in the King s ’

presence But he s poke fearlessly o f the vengeance

.

that would fall upon the King i n consequence o f his

death and du r ing their murde r ous attack upon him
,

proclaimed with his dying b r eath : You O King“

, ,

that kill me h e r e at Puuloa the time is near whe n a ,

direct death will be yours Above he r e i n this land .

,

and the spot where my lifeless body will be borne and

placed high o n the altar fo r my flesh to decay and slip
to the earth shall be the burial place of chiefs and
,

people hereafte r and i t shall be called the r oyal sand

,
‘

o f the mistaken ; there will you be placed i n the

’

templ e At the end o f these word s o f K ao p u l u pu l u

h is S pirit took flight and h i s body was left fo r mockery
,

and abuse as had been that of his s o n i n the se a of

,

M alae at Waianae
,
.

After a while the body of the p r iest was placed o n

a double canoe and brought to Waikiki and placed high
in the cocoanut trees at Ku k aeu n ah i the place o f the ,

temple for seve r al t n day pe r iods ( h e m a u a na hu l u)

,
e -

without decompositio n and falling o ff o f the flesh to

the sands o f Waikiki .

When King K ah e k il i o f Maui heard of the death

o f the priest K aO u l u u l u by K ah ah an a he sent some
p p ,

of h is men thither by canoe wh o landed at W aim an ,

alo Koolau whe r e as spies they learned fr om the

, , , ,

people respecting K ao pu l u pu l u and his de ath with ,

that o f his s o n ; the r efo r e they retu r ned and told the
King the truth o f these repo r ts at which the a ff ection ,

of K ah ek il i welled up fo r the dead priest and he con ,

 TH I S L AN D IS TH E S EA S ’
2 13

de m ne d the King he had established Coming with .

an army from Maui he landed at Waikiki without

,
-

meeting K ahah an a and took b ack the government of

,

Oahu under his o wn kingship The chiefs and people .

of Oahu all j oined under Kah ek il i for K ah ah an a had ,

be en a chief o f wrong doing This was the first se a of

—
.

K ao p u l u p u l u i n accordance with his prophetic u tter

“ ”
ance to his son This land is the sea s
,
’
.

Upon the arrival here at O ahu of K ah ek ili Kaha ,

hana fled with his wife K e k u ap o i and friend Alapai

, , ,

and hid i n the shrubbery o f the hills They went to .

A l io m an u M o an al u a t o a place called K in im ak al e
, ,

hua ; then moved along to Ke an ap u aa and K e p o o k al a ,

at the lochs o f Puuloa and fr om there to upper Wai

,

poi ; thence to Wahiawa H e l e m an o and o n t o Lihue ;

, ,

th e nce they came to Po o hil o at H onouliuli where , ,

they first showed themselves t o the people and su b

m i t t e d them s elves to their care .

While they were living there report thereof was ,

made to K ah e k il i the King who thereupo n sent

, ,

K e k u am an o h a elder b rother of K e k u ap o i the wife o f

, ,
'

K ah ah an a with men i n d o u bl e canoes from Waikiki

, ,

landing first at Ku pahu H an ap ou l i Waipio with , , ,

instruction s to capture and put to death K ah ah an a as ,

also his friend Alapai b ut t o save alive K e k u ap o i

, .

When the canoes to u ched at H an ap o u l i the y pro ,

c e e d e d thence to W ai k e l e and H o ae ae and from there ,

t o P o o h i l o H onouliuli where they met in confe r ence

, ,

with K ahahan a and his party At the close of the day .

K e k u am an o h a sought by enticing words to i nduce his

brother i n law t o go up with him and see the father
- -
2 14 H AWAI I AN F O L K TALE S
King and be a s su r ed o f n o death co n demnation and b y ,

s killed flattery he i nduced K a h ah an a to consent t o his

p r oposition ; whereupon p r eparation was made for the

r eturn O n the following morning comi ng along and
.
,

reaching the plains o f H o aeae they fell upon and slew

,

K a h ah an a and Alapai the r e and bore their lifeless

,

b odies to H al au l an i Waipio where they were placed

, ,

in the canoes and brought up to Waikiki and placed

up in the cocoanut trees by King K ah e k il i and his
p r ie s t s from Maui as Kao p u l u pu l u had been Thus
, .

was fulfilled th e famous saying o f the Oahu priest in

all i t s truthfulness
.

Acco r ding to the writings o f S M K am ak au and

. .

David M alo recognized autho r ities the thought of

, ,

K ao p u l u p u l u as e x pressed to his s o n K ahu l u pu e ,

”
“
This land is the sea s was i n keeping with the
’

famou s p r ophetic vision o f K e k i o p il o that the fo r

“

eigners possess the land as the people o f H awaii n o w

,

r ealize The weighty thought o f this narration and

.

the application o f the s aying o f K ao pu l u p u l u to thi s

time o f enlightenment are fr equent with certain leaders
o f thought among the people as shown i n their papers
, .
2 16 H AWAI I AN F O LK TA LES
as K u ula kai chose t o be a fisherman with such other
- - —
,

wo r k as p ertained to the s ea fr om the pebbly shore to ,

ocean depths Afte r thi s division Ku ula uka went

.
- —

up i n the mountains to live and met a woman known ,

as La e a called also H ina ulu ohia a s ister o f H ina

- — — - —

u k u ia u ula s wife The se s i s ters had three

’

p
- —
K ,
—
.

b r othe r s named M oku -h a lii Kupa ai kee and

,
-
,
- -
,

K u pulu pulu i k a na hele

- - Thi s t r io were called by
- - - -
.

the o l d peopl e the gods o f the canoe making p r iests -

“
Na a ku a a u m a ku a 0 ka p oe ka h un a ka l a i waa .

While K u ula and -

his wife were living at Leho -ula
he devoted all his time to his chosen vocation fishing , .

H is first wo r k was to construct a fi sh pond handy t o -

h i s house b ut near to the sho r e where the surf breaks ,

and this pond he stocked with all kinds o f fi s h U pon .

a rocky platfo r m he also buil t a house t o b e sacred fo r

the fishing kapu which he called by h is o wn name ,

K u ula
-
.

I t is asse r ted that when Ku ula made all these prep -

ar at i o n s he believed i n the existence of a G o d wh o h ad

sup r eme power ove r all thing s That is why h e p r e .

pa r ed this place wherein to make h is o ff erings o f the

fir s t fi s h caught by him t o t h e fi s h g o d From this .

observance o f K u ula all the fi s h we r e t r actable ( l aka

-

l oa ) unto him ; all he had to d o was to s ay the wo r d ,

and the fish would appea r Thi s was repo r ted all .

ove r H ana and whe n K am o h ao l ii the King ( wh o ,

was then living at W an an al u a the land o n which ,

K au ik i H ill s tand s ) hea r d o f it he appointed K u uj a ,

-

to be h is head fi s he r man Th r ough thi s pond which

.
,

was well stocked with all kind s o f fi s h the King s

’

,
 K U - U LA , T H E F I S H GO D 2 1
7
ta b le was regularly supplied with all rare va r ieties ,

whethe r in o r o u t of season Ku ula was his main .

-

stay fo r fi s h food and was consequently held i n high

esteem by K am o h o al ii and they lived without dis ,
~

ag r eement o f an y kind between them for many years .

D uring this period the wife o f Ku ula gave birth to -

a s o n whom they called Aiai a Ku ula ( Aiai o f

,
— - —

K u ula )
-
The child was properly b rought u p accord
.

ing t o the usage o f those days and when he was o l d ,

enough t o ca r e fo r himself an unusual event occurred .

A large p uhi ( eel ) called Koona lived at W ail au

, , ,

on the windward s ide o f t h e island of M olokai This .

eel was deified and prayed to b y the people o f that

place a nd they never tired telling of the mighty things
,

thei r g o d did o n e o f which was that a b ig S hark came

,

to W ail au and gave i t b attle and during the fight the ,

puhi caused a part o f the rocky cli ff to fall u po n the

shark which killed it A cave was thus formed with
, .
,

a de p th o f about fi ve fathoms ; and that large opening

i s the r e t o this day situate a little a b ove the se a and
,

close t o the rocky fort where lived the well k nown

K ap e p e e k au il a This puhi then left its own place and
.

came and lived in a cave i n the sea near A l e am ai ,

called K apu k au l u a some distance out fr om the A l an

,

rocks I t came to break and r o b the pond that

.

Ku ula had built and stocked with fi s h of variou s

-

kinds and colors as known to day ,

-
.

Ku ula was much su r p r ised o n discovering his pond

-

stock disappeari ng so he watched day and night and

, ,

at last about daybreak he s aw a large eel come in

, ,

through the m akai ( seaward ) wall o f the pond When .

21 s H AW AI I A N F O L K TALE S
he sa w this he knew that i t was the cause of the loss
o f his fi s h and was devising a way t o catch and kill
,

it ; but o n consulting with his wife they decided t o

leave the m atter to their s o n Aiai for him to use his ,

o wn j udgment as to the means by which the thief

might be captu r ed and killed When Aiai was told

.

o f it he sent wo r d to all the people o f A l eam ai and

H an e o o to m ak e i l i hau ropes se veral lau fathoms i n

‘

length ; and when all was ready a number o f the peo

ple went o u t with it i n t wo canoes one each fr om the ,

two places with Aiai a K u ula in o ne of them H e

,
- — —
.

put two large stones in his canoe and held i n his hand s
a fi sh e r m an s gou r d ( b okeo) i n which was a large fi s h
’

hook called m an aiaak al an i .

When the canoes had proceede d far out he located

his positio n by landma r ks ; and looking down into the
s e a and finding the right place he told the paddlers t o
, ,

cease paddling Standi ng up i n the canoe and taking

.

one of the stones i n his hands he dived i nto the sea .

I ts weight took him down rapidly to the bottom where ,

he s aw a b ig cave opening right before him with a ,

num b er of fishe s scur r ying about the entrance such as ,

uluas and other deep s ea varieties Feeling assured .

the r e b y that the puhi was within he arose to the surface

,

and got into his canoe Resting for a moment he then

.
,

opened the gourd and took out the hook m an aiaak al an i

and tied the hau rope to it H e also picked up a long
.
.

stick and placed at the e nd o f it the ho ok b aited with ,

a p r epa r ation o f cocoanut and other su b stances att r active

t o fishe s . Befo r e taking h is second dive h e a rr ange d
with those on the canoe as to the signs to them of his
2 20 H AWA I I AN F O LK TALES
do n o t crack when heated as they do elsewhere be , ,

cause of the imu heating o f that time I t is so even to .

this day The backbone ( i wi kuam oo) o f this puhi is

.

still lying o n the pahoehoe where Aiai kil led it with the
th r ee ala stones the rocky formation about thirty feet
, ,

i n length exactly resembling the backbone o f an eel

,
.

The killing o f this puhi by Aiai gave him fame among

th e people o f H ana I ts capture was the young lad s
.
’

first attempt to follo w his father s vocation and his ’

knowledge was a su r p r ise to the people .

After this event a man came ove r fr om W ail au ,

M olokai who was a ka hu ( keepe r) o f the puhi H e

, .

d r eamed o ne night that he s aw its spi r it which told ,

him that his a um a kua (g o d ) had been killed at H ana ,

s o he came to s e e with his o wn eyes where this had

occurred Arriving at W an an alu a he was befriended

.

b y o n e o f the retaine r s of K am o h o al ii the King o f ,

H ana and lived there a long time serving under him

, ,

during which tim e h e learned the story o f h o w the puhi

had b een caught and killed b y Aiai ,the s o n o f Ku ula -

and H i n ap u k u ia whereupon he sought to accomplish

,

their death .

Considering a plan o f action h e went one day to ,

K u ula without orde r s and told him that the King had
-
, ,

sent him for fi sh fo r the King Ku ula gave him but .

-

o ne fi s h an ulua with a warning direction saying

, , , ,

“
Go back t o the King and tell him to cut o ff the head
o f the fi s h and cook it in the imu and the fl esh of its ,

body cut up and salt and dry i n the su n fo r this is ,

‘

H ana the a up eh u land ; H ana o f the scarce fi s h ; the fish

Kama ; the fi sh of L an ak i l a ( Eia 0 H ana l a h e a ina
.
’
 K U - U LA , TH E F I S H GO D 22 1

au
p eh u ; 0 H a na kei a i ka i a i ki ; ka i a o Kam a ; ka i a o

L a n a ki l a ) .

When the man returned to the King and gave him

”
the fi sh t h e King a s ked : Who gave i t to you ? and
,
“

the man answe r ed :

“ ”
K u ula -
.

Then i t came into his head that thi s was his chance
for revenge so he told the King what K u ula had said
,
-

“
but not i n the same way saying : Your head fi sh er ,

man told me to come back and tell y ou that your head

should b e cut from your body and cooked in the imu ,

and the fl esh o f your body should be cut up and salted

and d r ied in the su n .

The King o n hearing this m essage was so angered

with K u ula his head fi s herman that he told the man
-
, ,

t o g o and tell all his kon ohi ki s ( head men of land s with

others under them ) and people t o go up i n the m oun ,

tains and gather immediately plenty of firewood and

place it around Ku ula s house fo r he and his wife and
—
’

child should be burned up .

Thi s order of the King was carried out by the kono

b ikis and people of all his lands except those o f A l e am ai .

These latte r did not obey this order of the King for ,

Ku ula had always lived peaceably among them

- .

There were days when they had n o fish and he had ,

supplied them fr eely .

When Ku ula and his wife saw the people of H ana

-

bringing firewood and placing it a r ound the house they

knew it fo r eboded trouble ; s o Ku ula went to a place -

whe r e taro potatoes bananas cane and some gourds

, , , ,

were growing Seeing three dry gourds o n the vi ne

.
,
222 H AWAI I AN F O L K TALE S
he a s ked the owner for them and was told to take them .

These he took to his house and discussed with his wife

the evil day to come and told Aiai that their h ou s e
,

woul d be b urned and thei r b odies too b ut not t o fear ,

d eath nor trou b le himself a b out it when the people

came to shut t h em in .

After some thinking Ku ula remem b ered his giving

“

the ulua t o the King s r etainer and felt that he was the
’

pa r ty to blame fo r this actio n of the King s people ’

.

H e had suspected it before b ut n o w felt sure ; therefore

,

he turned to his s o n and said : Ou r child Aiai a Ku

“
,
- -

ula if o u r house is burned and o u r bodies t o o you

, , ,

mus t look sharp for the smoke when it goes straight

up to the hill o f Kaiwio p e l e That will be your way .

out of this trou b le and you must follow it till you find
-
,

a cave where y ou will live Y o u must take this hook .

called m an aiaak al an i with you ; also this fi sh pea r l -

(p a hi a ku ) called Ku hu ai ; this s hell called l eh ou la and

, ,

this small sand s tone from which I got the name they
call me Ku ul a a u a Ku u l a ka i I t is the progenitor o f
,
- - - - -
.

all the fi s h i n the s ea You will be the o n e to make

.

all the k u ulas fr om this time forth and have cha rge
-
,

also o f making all the fishing s tations ( ko a l a waia ) i n ’

the s ea throughout the island s Your name S hall be .

perpetuated and those of your parents also through all ,

gene r ations to come and I hereby confer upon you all

,

my p ower and knowledge Whenever you desire any .

thing call or ask i n our names and we will g r ant it

, , , .

We will stand up and go fo r th fr om here into the sea

and abide the r e foreve r ; and you o u r child shall live on , ,

the land here without worrying about anything that

2 24 H AWAI I AN F O LK TA LES
They went right out of the house as quietly as the last
b reath leaves the body and none of the people s tand
,

ing there gazing s aw where o r h o w Ku ula and h is

, ,
-

wife came forth o u t o f the house Aiai was the only .

one that retained material form Their bodie s we r e .

changed by some miraculous power and ente r ed the s e a ,

taking with them all the fi s h swimming i n and around

H ana They al s o took all s ea mosses crabs cr awfi sh
.
-
, , ,

and the various kinds o f shellfish along the seashore ,

even to the o pihi koele at the rocky beach ; every edi

-

ble thing i n the s ea was taken away This was the first .

stroke o f Ku ula s revenge o n the King and the people

-
’

of H ana wh o o b eyed his mandate ; they su ffered g re atly

from the scarcity o f fi sh .

When Ku -ula and his wife were o u t of the house the

three gourds exploded from the heat o n e by o ne and , ,

all those who were gazing at the b urning house believed

the detonations i ndicated the b ursting of the bodies of
Ku ula his wife and child
-
, , The flames shot up
.

th r ough the top of the house and the black smoke hov
,

ered above it then turned toward the fr ont of K aiwio

,

pele H ill The people s aw Aiai ascend th r ough the

.

flames and walk upon the smoke toward the hill till
h e came to a small cave that opened to receive and
rescue him .

As Aiai left t h e h ouse i t bu r ned fie r cely and ca rr y , ,

ing out the instructions of his fathe r he called upon

him to destroy b y fire all those who had caught and
tied them i n their burning house As he fi nished .

his appeal he s aw the rippling o f the wind o n the s e a

and a misty rain coming with it i nc r ea s ing as it came
,
 KU -U LA , TH E F I S H GO D 22
5
till it reached Le h o u l a which so inc r eased the blazing
,

of the fire that the flames reached ou t into the crowd

of people for tho s e wh o had o beyed the King The .

man from M olokai wh o was the cause o f the trou b le

, ,

was reac h ed also and consumed by the fire and the ,

charred b odies we r e left to S how t o the people the se c

ond stroke o f Ku ula s vengeance Strange t o say all
-
’
.
,

those who had nothing to do with thi s cruel act thoug h ,

closer t o the b urni ng house were uninjured ; the ,

tongues o f fire reached out o nly for the guilty ones .

I n a little while but a fe w smoulde r ing logs and ashes

were all that remained o f the house of Ku ula O wing —
.

to this strange action o f the fire some of the people

doubted the deat h of Ku ula and hi s wife and much
-
,

disputatio n arose among them o n the subj ect .

When Aiai walked out th r ough the flames and smoke

and reached the cave he stayed the r e th r ough that
,

night till the ne x t morning then leaving his hook

, , ,

pearl shell and stone the r e he went forth till he came

, ,

to the road at Pu ilio where he met seve r al child r en

,

amusing themselves b y shooting arrow s o n e o f whom ,

m ade friends with him and asked him to h i s house .

Aiai accepted the i nvitation and the boy and his par
,

ents t r eating him well he remai ned with them for s om e

,

day s
.

While Aiai was living in their house the parents o f

the boy heard o f the King s order for all the peop l e o f
’

H ana to go fishing fo r h i n al e a The p eople obeyed .

the royal o r der but when they went down to the s ho r e

,

with th eir fi s hi ng ba s kets they looked a r ound for the

usual b ait ( ueu e) which was t o be pounded up and put
,
226 H AWAI I AN F O LK TA LE S
i nto the baskets but they could n o t find an y no r any
, ,

othe r material to be s o used neithe r could they s e e ,

“ ”
any fish swimming around i n the s e a Why ? was .

t h e que s tion Because K u ula and his wife had taken

.
-

with them all the fi s h and eve r ything pertaining to

fi s hing Finding no bait they pounded up limestone
.

and placed it If] the ba s kets and swam out and set them
i n the s ea They watched and waited all day but i n
.
,

vain fo r n o t a single h i n al ea was seen nor did any

, ,

enter the baskets When night came they went b ack

.

empty handed and came down agai n the nex t day only
—

to meet the same luck The pa r ents o f the b o y who

.

had b efr iended Aiai we r e i n this fishing pa r ty i n obe ,

d ie n ce t o the King s order s but they g o t nothing for

’

thei r trouble Aiai seeing them g o down daily to

.
,

H an e o o a sked concerning it and was told every thing ;

, ,

s o he bade h is fr iend come with him to the cave whe r e

he had s tayed after his fat h e r s hou s e was b urned ’

.

A rr iving there h e showed the stone fish g o d Po h ak u ,

muone and said :

,
We can get fi s h up he r e fr om this
”
s tone withou t much wo r k o r t r ouble .

Then Aiai picked up the stone and they went down

to L e h o u l a and setting i t down at a point facing the
,

pond which his fathe r had made he repeated these

wo r ds O Ku ula my fathe r ; O H ina my m other
—
, , ,

I place this stone he r e i n you r nam e Ku ula which ,

-
,

action will make your name famous and mine t o o ,

y ou r s o n ; the keeping o f thi s k u ula stone I give to -

my fr iend and he and his o ff spring he r eafter wil l do

,

and act i n all things pe r taining to i t i n our names .

After saying th ese words he told his fr iend his duties

228 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALES
we r e s een coming in such numbe r s as to fill the pool ,

and still they came Aiai n o w told his fr iend to go

.

and fetch his pa r ents and relatives to get fi s h and to ,

b r ing baskets with whi ch to take home a supply ; they

s hould have the fi r st pick and the owne r s of the bas
,

kets should have the next chance The mes s enge r .

wen t with ha s te and b r ought his relatives as directed .

Aiai then took t wo fishes and gave them t o his fr iend

t o place o n the k o a they had e s tabli s hed at L e h o u l a
’

fo r the k u ula
—
. H e al s o told him that before the s e t
ting o f the su n o f that day they would hear that King
K am o h o al ii of H ana was dead choked and strangled
,

t o death by the fi s h These prop hetic words of Aiai

.

cam e t r ue .

After Aiai had made h is o ff e r ing h is fr iend s parents

,
’

cam e t o whe r e the fi s h were gathe r ing and we r e told

to take all they de sired which they did return ing home
, ,

happy fo r the libe r al supply obtained witho u t trouble .

The owne r s o f the b askets we r e then called and told

t o take all the fi s h they wis h ed fo r them s elves and for

the King When these people s aw th e g r eat supply

.

they were glad and much su r prised at the success of

these t wo boys The news o f the reappearing o f the
.

fi s h sp r ead th r ough the dist r ict and the people flocked

,

i n g r eat numbe r s and gathered h i n al e as to thei r satis

faction and retu r ned to thei r homes wi th rej oici ng
,
.

Some o f tho s e who gave Aiai the b a s kets returned with

thei r b undles o f fi s h t o the King When he s aw so
.

many of those he had longed fo r h e b ecame so excited

that he r eached o u t and picked o n e up and put it
in his m outh intendi n g to eat it ; but in s tead the
,
 XX I I
AI AI , SON OF K U - U LA

L E G END OF FI S H
‘

PA RT OF TH E KU -U LA, TH E
G O D O F H AW A
-
II
TR A N SLAT E D F R O M M O K E M A N U BY M . K . N A K U IN A

FTE R the death of the King o f H ana Aiai left

A the people of H an e o o catching hin al ea and went ,

to Kumaka a place where fr esh water sp r ings o u t fr om

,

the sand and rocks near the surf of Pu h e l e at H amoa , ,

where lay a la rge long stone i n the s e a Thi s stone

, .

he raised upright and also placed others about the

water sp r ing and said to his fr iend
,
To day I —

name this stone Ku a l an ak il a for I have t r iumphed

- -
,

over my enemies ; and I he r eby decla r e that all fishes ,

c r abs and s e a moss shall return again i n plenty through

,
-

out the seas o f H ana as i n the days when my parents

,
”
were livi n g i n the flesh at L e h o u l a .

From the time Aiai raised this stone up to the pre s ,

ent generation the sto r y o f Ku ula and Aiai is well

,
-

p r ese r ved and people have flocked to the place whe r e

,

the stone stands t o s e e it and v erify the t r adition .

Some kahunas advise their s u ff ering patients t o pay a

V IS It to the sto ne K u l an ak il a with some o ff e r ings fo r
,
—
,

r elief from their s icknes s and also to bathe i n the spring

of Kumaka and the surf o f Pu h e l e This was a favor .

23 0
 AI AI , SO N O F K U -U LA 23 1

ite spot of the kings and chiefs of the olden times for
bathi n g and surf riding and is often referred to in the
—
,

stories and legends of H awaii -nei This was the first .

stone raised by Aiai and es ta b lished as a k u -ula at

H amoa ; and the old p eople of H ana attri b uted t o its
influence the return of the fish to their waters .

After Aiai s practice of his father s instructions and

’ ’

the return o f the fishes h is fame spread through ,

out the district and the people made much of him

,

during his stay with them .

A great service wrought b y Aiai during his b oyhood

was the teaching o f his friend and his friend s parents ’

h o w to make the various nets for all ki nds o f fishing .

H e also taught them t o make the di ff erent kinds of

fishing lines When they were skilled in all these
.

branches o f knowledge pertaining t o fishing he called ,

the people together and in their presence declared his

,

friend to b e the head fisherman of H ana with full ,

control o f all the stations ( ko a ia ) he had established ’

This wonder wor k ing power second t o n one possessed

-
,

b y Aiai he n o w conferred o n his fr iend whereby his

, ,

o wn name would b e perpetuated and his fame estab

l is h e d all over the land .

The first ko a ia ( fishi n g ground or station ) where

’

Aiai measured the depth o f the sea is near A l e am ai ,

his birthplace and is called Kapu k au lu a where he

, ,

hooked and killed the eel Koona I t is a fe w miles .

from the shore to the southeast of the rocky islet

.

called Alau The second station he establi s hed was

.

at a spot a b out a mile from H an e o o and H amoa which

was fo r the kala palani n an u e p u hi and ula These
, , , , .
23 2 H AWAI I AN F O LK TA LE S
va r ieties o f fi s h a r e n o t caught by net s or with the ,

hook but i n ba sk ets which a r e filled with bait and let

,

down i n the deep s e a .

The thi r d s tation which he named K o au l i was

, ,

located o u t i n the deep s ea for the deep sea fishes the ,

dep th r anging about two hundred fathoms This is .

the ko a that fi s hermen have to locate by certain sh ore

’

bea r ings lest a mistake be made as to the e x act spot

,

and the bottom be found rocky and the hooks entangle

in the co r al I n all the stations Aiai located there are
.

n o co r al ledges whe r e the fi sh er m an s hook would

’

catch o r t h e line b e entangled ; and o l d H awaiians

,

commended the skill o f such locations believing that ,

the success o f Aiai s wo r k was due to his father s

’ ’

influence as an ocean deity .

At o n e time Aiai went ove r to the bay of W an an al u a ,

the pre s ent port o f H ana with i t s noted hill of Ka n iki

,

and the s andy beach o f Pu e o k ahi H ere he made an d

.

placed a k u ula and also placed a fi sh stone i n

-
,

the cli ff o f Kan iki whereon is the ko a known as ’

M ak ak il o i a . And the people o f H ana give credit to

thi s stone fo r the fr equent appearance o f the akule ,

O i o m o i and other fishes i n thei r waters

, ,
.

Aiai s good wo r k did n o t stop at thi s point ; pro

’

c ee d i n t o H o n o m ae l e he picked up th r ee peb b les at

g
the shore and going into the sea out beyond the
, ,

b r eaking su r f he p laced them the r e I n due time

, .

the s e th r ee peb b les gathe r ed o the r s together and made

a r egula r r idge ; and when this was accompli s hed the ,

awe o we o gathe r ed fr om the fa r ocean to this ridge of

pebbles fo r r e s t ; whe r eupo n the people came with net ,

23 4 H AWAI I AN FO LK TA LES
he was satisfied the people were proficient he prepared ,

t o visit other places fo r like service But befo re leav .

i n g Aiai told his fr iend t o go and kill the big

,

h ee kup u a ( wonde r ful o ctopus ) i n the d eep se a right ,

o u t o f W ai l u an u i Koolau and he consented

, , .

When the canoes we r e made ready and drawn to the

beach and the people came prepared to sta r t Aiai ,

brought the h okeo ( fishing gourd ) where the l eh o ( kauri ,

shell ) that Ku ula h is father gave him was kept and

-
,

gave i t t o his friend This shell i s called l ehoul a and

.
,

the locality at H ana o f that name was called after it .

Then the canoes and people sailed away till they got
o u t along the palis near K o iliu l a where they rested
p , .

Aiai was n o t wi th the pa r ty but overlooked their ,

operations fr om the pali o f Pu hiai While they rested .

,

p r epa r atio n fo r the lowe r ing of the leho was b eing

made and when ready Aiai s fr iend called o n Ku ula
, ,
’
-

and H ina for the as s istance o f their wonderful power s .

When he was through he took o ff the covering o f the

,

gou r d and took o u t the leho which had rich beautiful ,

colo r s like the rainbow and attaching i t t o the li ne he

, ,

lowe r ed i t i nto the sea where i t sent o u t rays of a fiery

,

light The hee was s o att r acted by its radiance that

.

it came o u t o f i t s hole and with its g r eat a r ms which ,

we r e as long and large as a full grown cocoanut tree -

,

came up t o the surface o f the water and stood there

like a cocoanut grove The men were fr ightened for
.
,

i t app r oached and went right i nto the canoes with the
i ntention o f de s t r oying them and the men and cap t u r
ing the leh o ; but it failed because Aiai s fr iend with
,
’

h is skill and power had provided himself with a stone

, ,
 AI AI ,
SON OF K U - U LA 2
35
which at the proper time he shoved into the head o f
, ,

the squid ; and the weight o f the stone drew it down

to the bottom o f the se a and kept it there and being ,

powe r le ss to remove the stone i t died The men , .

seized and cut o ff one of the arms which was so big ,

that it loaded the canoes down s o that they returned to

H ana When the squid died it tu r ned to stone I t
.
, .

is pointe d out to day j ust outside o f W ail u an u i where

-
,

a stone formation resembles the b ody of a squid and

the a r ms with o ne missing
, .

W hen Aiai saw from the pali that his friend was
successful i n killing the hee he returned to H ana ,

unseen and i n a short while the canoes arrived with its

,

arm which was divided among the people acco r ding to

,

the directions o f Aiai .

When Aiai s aw that his fr iend and others of H ana

were s killed i n all the art o f fi s hing he decided to ,

leave h is bi r thplace and j ourney elsewhere So he

“

called a council o f his fr iends and told them of his

i ntended depa r tu r e t o establish other fishing stations
,

and i nstruct the people with all the knowledge thereof

i n co nformit y with the inj unction of Ku ula his fathe r -
.

They app r oved of the cou r se contemplated and

expressed their i ndebtedness to him for all the b enefits
he had shown them .

O n leaving A l e am ai he took with him the fi s h hook -

,

m a n a i aa ka l a ni and the fi s h p earl Ka h u oi fo r aku fr om

, , ,

the little cave whe r e he had lodged o n the hill of

K aiwi o p e l e and then disappea r ed i n the myste r iou s
,

manner o f h i s parents H e established k u ula s and

_ .
-

k o a aina by placing thre e fi s h sto nes at various poi nts

’

,
23 6 H AWAI I A N F O LK TA LES
as far as Kipahulu At the st r eams o f K i k o o and
.

M aul il i the r e stands a stone to day which was thrown

-
,

by Aiai and dropped at a bend i n the wate r s unmoved ,

by the many fr e s hets that have swept the valleys since

that time .

Out i n t h e se a of M au l il i is a famous s tation known

as K o an u i I t is about a mile fr om the sho r e and
.

marks the bounda ry o f the s e a of M au li li and the fi sh ,

that appea r pe r iodically and a r e caught withi n its

limit s have been subj ect to a di vi s ion b etween the
fishermen and the landowne r eve r si n ce This is a .

station whe r e the fi s h er m an s hook shall not return

’

without a fi s h except the hook be lost o r the line cut , .

The fi r st time that Aiai te s ted this s tation and

caught a fi s h with h i s noted hook he s aw a fi s he r man ,

in h is cano e d r ifting idly without succ es s When h e

, .

s aw Aiai ,
thi s fi s herman called K an e m ak u a paddled
, ,

till he came close to whe r e Aiai was floating o n an

imp r ovised canoe a wiliwili l o g without an outrigge r
, , ,

—
which much surpri s e d h im Befo r e the fi s he r man
.

r eached him Aiai felt a tug at his line and knew that he
,

had caught a fi s h and began pulling it i n When .

Ka n e m ak u a came withi n speaking distance Aiai g r eeted

him and gave him the fi sh putting it i nto h is canoe
, .

K an e m ak u a was made happy and thanked Aiai fo r

his genero s ity While putting it i n th e canoe Aiai said
.

“
Thi s is the first time I have fi s hed i n the s e wate r s
to l ocate ( o r found) this station and as y o u are the ,

fi r s t man I meet I give you the first fi s h caught I .

also give y o u cha rge of this k o a ; but take my advice

’
.

When you come he r e to fi s h and s e e a man meeting

23 8 H AWAI I AN FO LK TAL E S
Thus was performed the good work of Aiai in
establishing k u ula s tation s and fi sh stones conti nued
-

all ar o u n d t he island o f M aui I t is also said that he .

visited Kahoolawe and e s tablished a k u ula at -

H ak io awa though it di ff e r s from the othe r s being

, ,

built o n a high blu ff O verlooking the sea somewhat ,

like a temple by placing stones i n the form o f a

,

square in the middle o f which was left a s pace whe r ein

,

the fishe r m en of that island laid their first fi sh caught ,

as a thank o ff ering Awa and kapa we r e al s o placed

.

there as o ff erings t o t h e fi s h deities .

An idea prevail s with some people that the ko a of ’

K am o h o al ii the king shark of Kahoolawe is on t h i s

, ,

i sland but if all the sto r ies told o f it be examined

,

t h e r e will b e found n o reference to a ko a o f his on ’

this i sland .

F r om Kahoolawe Aiai next went t o Lanai where

, ,

he s ta r ted fi s hing fo r a ku ( bonito ) at C ape K au n o l u ,

u sing his pearl K ah u o i This is the firs t case known

.

o f fi s hing fo r aku with pearl fr om the land as it is a ,

well known fact that this fi s h is caught o nly i n deep

s ea ,
far fr om sho r e I n the story o f Kan e ap u a it is
.

shown that he is t h e o nly o ne who had fished fo r aku

at the Cape o f K au n o l u where it was sta r ted by Aiai
,
.

F r om K au n o l u Aiai went t o K ae n a C ape where at

, ,

a place close to Pao m ai was a little sandy beach n o w ,

known as Po lih u a H ere he took a s tone and carved

.

a figu r e o n it then ca rr ied and placed i t o n the sandy

,

beach and called o n his pa r ents While making h is

, .

i ncant ation s the stone moved towa r d the sea and d is

appeared u nder the wate r H is incantations fini s hed .
,
 AI A I SON OF K U -U LA 2
,
39
the stone r eappeared and moved towa r d him till it
reached the place where it had been laid ; whe r eupon it
was transformed into a tu r tle and gave the name o f,

Po l ihu a t o that beach Thi s wo r k o f Aiai o n the

.

island of Lanai was the fi r st introduction o f the tu r tle

in the seas of Hawaii and also o r iginated the habit o f
,

the turtle o f going up the beach t o lay i t s egg s then ,

returning t o the sea .

After making the ci r cuit o f Lanai he went ove r t o

M olokai landing at Pu n ak o u and t r avelled along the
,

shore till he reached Kaunakakai At thi s place he .

saw spawns of mullet called Puai i right ne ar the

,
-
,

shore which h e kicked with h is foot landing them o n

, ,

the sand Thi s p r actice o f kicking fi s h with the feet

.

is carried o n t o this time but only at that locality

, .

Aiai co ntinued o n along the Kona side o f M olokai ,

ex amining its fi s hing g r ound s and e s tabli s hing k u ulas -

till h e g o t to H alawa At the Koolau side o f the

.

island he stopped at Waila n and saw the cave o f the

eel Koona that went to H ana and stole the fi s h fr om
his fathe r s pond and the cause o f all the t r ouble that
’

befell his parents and himself .

When Aiai landed at Wailan he saw that both s ides

o f the valley we r e covered with men women and , ,

children engaged i n closing up the st r eam and dive r t

ing its water to anothe r cou r se whe r eby they would ,

be enabled to catch o o pu and opae The wate r being .

l o w the gourds of som e of the people were fu ll fr om

,

thei r catch .

Aiai noticed their wanton metho d o f fishing whe r e ,

b y all o o pu s and o p ae s we r e caught without thought

2 49 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALE S
of any reservation fo r thei r p r opagation ; t herefo r e he
called o n his parents to take them all away The .

prayer was granted for s uddenly they all disappeared ;

,

those i n the wate r went up the s tream to a place

calle d Koki while those I n the gou r d s we r e tu r ned t o
,

liza r ds which scampe r ed out and r an all over the

rocks The people were much s urprised at thi s change
.

and felt sorely d isappointed at the los s o f their food

supply .

O n account o f his rega r d for a certain lad o f that

place named K ah iwa h e showed him the place of the
, ,

o ae s to be up the precipitous cli ff Koki The youth

p , .

was attentive to the di r ectio n of Aiai and going there

he found the o o pu s and o p ae s as stated as they are to ,

this day That is what e s tablished the noted saying

.

o f the o l d people o f that land :

“
Kokio o f W ail au i s
the ladder o f the opae I t is also known as t h e
.

“ ”
Pali o f K ahiwa .

When Aiai left W ail au he showed thi s lad the

k u ula and the fi s h station i n the s e a he had
-

located there at the same distance as that r ocky

,

island known as M o k apu H e went als o t o .

Pelekunu W aik o l u and Kalawao even to Kalaupapa

, , ,

the present home o f the lepers At the latter place .

he left a ce r tain fi s h stone That is the rea s on fish

.

constantly gather the r e even to thi s day H e also .

went t o H oolehua and s o o n as far as Ka l a e 0 ka i l io

( the dog s fo r ehead ) and Ka l a e 0 ka l a au Between
’
.

these t wo capes i n the se a is a station e s tabli s hed by

Aiai where a tree g r ew o u t fr om unde r a rock Ekaha
, ,

b y name I t is a hardwood t r ee but the trunk and

.
,
242 H A W AI I AN F O LK TALE S
Aiai came to Kalia and so on to K ak aak o H ere .

he was b efriended by a man named Apua with whom ,

he remained several days obse r ving and listening to

,

the murmu r s of the chief named Kou This chie f .

was a skilful hiak u fishe r man his g r ounds b eing ou t

,

side of M amala until y o u came to M o an al u a There .

‘

was no ne so skilled as he and generous withal giving

, ,

a k u s to the people throughout the distri ct .

As Aiai was dwelling with his friend Apua at

K ak aak o he meande r ed o ff one day along the shore
,

o f Ku l o li a and s o o n to Pakaka and K a a o k o But he

, p p .

did n o t return to the house of his fr iend for he met a ,

young woman gathering l im u (se a moss ) and fishing -

for crabs Thi s young woman whose name was

.
,

Pu iwa lived at H an ak aial am a and was a virgin never

, ,

having had a husband She herself as the people

.
,

would say was forward to ask Aiai t o b e h e r husband ;

,

but he listened t o he r voice and they went up ,

togethe r to her home and s aw the parents and rela

t i ve s and forthwith we r e married
,
After living with .

this young woman some time a s o n was b orn to them ,

whom Aiai named Pu n iaik i Du r ing those days was.

the distribution of aku which were sent up fr om

H onolulu to the di ff erent dwellings ; but while othe r s
we r e given a whole fi sh they got but a p o r tion from
,

s ome neighbor For this reason the woman was

.

angry and told Aiai to go to the b rook and get some

,

o o u s fit t o eat as well as opae Aiai listened to the

p , .

voice o f his wife H e dug a ditch and constructed a

.

dam s o as t o lead the water of the b r ook into some

pits and t hus be able to catch the o o p u and opae H e
,
.
shrimps were hung up t o d r y .

O n a ce r tain day following Aiai and h is wife went

,

with thei r child t o the b r ook She left he r so n upon

.

t h e bank o f the st r eam while s h e engaged herself in

catching opae and o o p u fr om the pits But it was n o t .

long befo r e the child began t o c r y ; and as h e cried ,

Aiai told his wife t o leave he r fi s hing but s h e talked ,

saucily to him So Aiai called upon the nam e s o f h is

.

ancestor s I mmediately a dark and lowe r ing cloud

.

drew nea r and poured out a flood of wate r upon the

s tream and i n a sho r t time the dam was broken by
,

the freshet and all the o o pu and opae together with ,

the child were swept toward the se a B ut the woman

, .

was not taken by the flood . Aiai then rose up and

departed without thought of his wife
, .

H e went down fr om the valley to K au m ak ap il i and ,

as h e was standing there he s aw some women fi s hing

for o o p u o n the banks o f the st r eam the daughter o f
,

the chief K ik ih al e b eing with them At that time .

,

behold t he r e was caught b y the female gua r dian o f

,

the daughte r o f K ik ih al e a ve r y la r ge o o p u Thi s .

o o p u s h e showed t o her p r ot e ee wh o told her t o put

g ,

it i nto a la r ge calabash with water and feed it with limu ,

s o that it might become a pet fi s h Thi s was done and

.

the o o pu was tended ve r y carefully night and day .

Aiai stood by and s aw the fish lifted o u t o f the

brook and r ecognized it at the same time as h is o wn
,

child changed fr om a human bei n g into an o o p u

,
.

( At t his point the s tory of Aiai gives place t o that of

his child ) .
2 44 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALES
When the o o p u was placed in a la r ge calabash with
water it was carefully tended and fed with s e a mo s s
,
-

for some time but o ne day in seeing to this duty

,

the gua r dian o f the chieftaines s o n r eaching the cala ,

b ash was startled to behold the r ei n a human child

, ,

looking with its eyes And the water i n the calaba s h

.

had disappeared S he was greatly su r p r ised and seized

.

with a da r k fo r ebodi ng and a trembling fea r possessed

,

her as sh e looked upon this miraculous child .

Thi s woman went and told the chieftainess of this

child they knew to have had the form o f an o o p u and ,

as K ik ih al e hea r d the story o f he r gua r dian s h e went

quickly with grave doubt s howeve r o f this her
, , ,

report ; but the r e o n reaching the calabash as she

, ,

looked s h e s aw indeed a child therein She im m e di .

ately put forth her hand s towa r d the child and lifting
i t carefully e x amined its fo r m and noted its ag r eeable
,

featu r es As the thought quickly posse s sed this gi r l

.
,

s h e said :
“
N o w my gua r dian y o u and your hu sb and
, ,

take and rear this child till he i s grown then I will be ,

”
his wife .

“
The guardian answered her : When this child
becomes g r own y o u will be o l d ; that is your days ,

will be i n the evening o f life while his place will be i n

,

the early mo r n Will y o u not thereby have lasting

.

cau s e for dissatisfactio n and contention between y o u in

”
the future ?
K i k ih al e answering her guardian said : “
You a r e
n o t to blame ; these things are mine to consider for ,

the reason that the desi r e is mine not yours my , ,

”
gua r dian .
246 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALE S
executed K i k i h al e returned to her husband and told
.

him all s h e had done .

O n Pu n iaik i s going down to the canoe place he

’

found the men we r e making ready the canoes wi th the

nets rods lines and the pea r l fi sh hooks H ere he
, , ,
-
.

lit a fi r e and burned up the pearl fi sh hooks at which -

,

his W ife was much angered and c r ied loudly for t h e

h i ak u p earl hooks o f her father S he went and told .

Kou of this mischievous action of h er hus b and but ,

he answered her not a word at this act of his son ih -

law tho u gh he had supplied five gourds filled with

,

them a thousand i n number and the strangest thing

, ,

was that all were burned up save two only which Kou
,

had rese r ved .

That night Pu n iaik i slept apart fr om his wife and ,

he tol d the canoe paddle r s to sleep i n the canoe sheds ,

n o t t o go t o their homes that night ; and they o b eyed

h is voice .

I t was Kou s habit to rouse h is men b efore b reak

’

of d ay t o sail i n the m al au s for aku fi s hing at the

mouth o f the ha r bo r fo r that was their feeding time
,
-
,

n o t after the su n had risen Thus would the canoes

.

ente r the schools o f aku a n d this chief became famous

thereby as a most successful fish erman But o n this .

d ay was seen the s o r cerer s work o f this child o f Aiai

’
.

A s Kou with his men s e t o u t always before dawn ,

he r e was thi s Pu n iaik i above at his place at sunrise .

At thi s time o n his awaking fr om sleep he turned his

face m ountainward and looking at Kau m ak ap il i he
,

s aw a r ainbow and i t s r eddi s h mist spread o u t at that

place whe r ein was s tanding a human fo r m H e felt

, .
24 8 H AWA I I AN F O LK TA LE S
wondered greatly at this wo r k the i law of
of son- n -

Kou the chief ; and the s ho r e people shouted as the

ak u s which filled the har b or swam towa r d the fi s h

pond of K u wili and o n to the mouth o f Leleo stream .

When the canoes touched sho r e Pu n iaik i seized

two fishes i n his hands and we n t to j oin his father
where he was staying and Aiai directed him to take
,

them up to whe r e his mothe r lived These ak u s .

were no t gifts fo r her but an O fl e r i n g to Ku ula at a

'

—
,

ko a esta b lished j ust above K ahu ail an awai Pu n iai k i

’
.

obeyed the instructions o f his father and o n returning ,

t o him he was sent back to his mothe r Pu iwa with a , ,

s upply o f ak u s . She was g r eatly su r p r ised that this

handsome you ng man with h is gift o f ak u s fo r her to
,

eat was he r own s o n and the s e we r e the first fruits o f

, ,

his labor .

The people ma r velled at the quantity of fi s h

th r oughout the ha r bo r s o that even the stream at
,

Ki k ih al e was also full o f ak u s and P u n i ai k i co m,

m an d e d the people t o t ake o f them day and night ;

and the new s o f this vis i t o f ak u s w e nt all a r ound

Oahu This unequalled haul o f ak u s was a g r eat
.

humiliation t o Kou a ff ecting his fame as a fi s herman ;

,

bu t he was n e it h e r j eal o u s o f h is s o n i h law no r ang r y - -

,

he j ust s at silent H e thought much o n the su b

.

e c t b ut with kindly feelings resulting i n turning over

j ,

this employment t o him wh o could p r osecute i t with

o u t wor r y .

Sho r tly afte rward s Aiai a rr anged with Pu n iaik i fo r

the e s tabli s hing o f k u ula s ko as and fi s h stone s
-
,
’

a r ound the island o f Oahu which were as follow s :

,
 AI AI , SO N O F K U -U LA 2 49

The Ko u stone was for H onolulu and K au m ak ap il i ;

a k u ula at K a pahu ; a fi s h stone at H an ap ou li Ewa
-
,
.

A h u e n a was the k u ula fo r Waipio ; two were assigned

-

fo r H onouliuli H ani o was the name of the ko a ’

.
-

outside o f K al ae l o a ; Kua and M au n al ahil ahi for Waia

nae ; Kamalino fo r Waimea ; and Kaihu k u u n a for Laie
maloo Koolau , .

Aiai and his s o n also visited Kauai and Niihau on

this work then they t urned and went together to
,

H awaii The principal or most n oted fi s hi n g grounds

.
-

there are : Poo a Ka b aka and O l el o m o an a at Kona ;

-
, ,

Kalae at Kau ; Ku pak e a at Puna and I at H ilo , .

I n former times at most of these fi sh in g grounds —

were s een multitudes and varieties o f fish all around ,

the island s and occasionally deep sea kinds came close

,

i n shore but i n thi s n e w e r a there are not s o many

,
.

Some people s ay i t i s o n account of the change o f the

t i me s .
 XX I I I
K A N EA U K A I

A L E G EN D O F W A AL U A I
TH OS . G . THRU M
’

O N G ago when the H awan a n s were in the da r k

L ne ss o f superstitio n and k ahu n aism with thei r
,

gods and lord s many the r e lived at M okuleia

, ,

Waialua two old men who s e business i t was to pray

,

t o K an eau k ai fo r a plentiful supply of fish These .

men were quite poo r i n wo r ldly possessions but ,

given to the habit of drinki ng a potion of awa after

thei r evening meal of poi and fi s h .

The fi s h that frequented the waters of M okuleia

were the awe o we o kala manini and many other
, , ,

va r ieties that find thei r habitat i nside t h e coral reefs .

C r a b s of the white variety b urrowed i n the sand near

the seashore and were dug out by the people young ,

and old The squid also were speared b y the skilful

.

fishermen and were eaten stewed or salted and sun

, ,

d r ied and roasted on the coals The salt likely came .

fr om K ae n a Point from salt wate r evaporation i n the

,
-

holes of rocks so plentifu l o n that stormy cape O r .

it may have been made on the salt pans o f Pau k au wil a ,

near the stream of that name where a few years ago ,

this industry existed o n a s mall scale .

2
5 0
2 5 2 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALE S
Leaving the M okuleia people to the enj oyment of
their unu sual supply of fi s h we will tu r n to the abode ,

o f t wo kahuna s who were al s o fishermen living on

, ,

the s outh side o f Waimea Valley Oahu O ne morn ’

,
.

ing being o u t o f fi s h they we n t o u t into the ha r bor to

, ,

try thei r luck and casting their net they caught up a

,

calcareous stone about as la rge as a man s head and a ’

pilot fi s h They let the pilot fi s h g o and threw the

.
,

ston e back into the se a Agai n they cast their net and
.

agai n they caught the stone and the pilot fi sh ; and so

again at the third haul At this they concluded that
.

the stone was a representative of some god The .

elde r o f the t wo said “

Let u s take this stone a s hore
and s e t it up as an idol b ut the pilot fi sh we will let
,

go . S o they did setting it up o n the turn o f the

,

blu ff o n the south side of the harbo r of Waimea .

The y b uilt an i nclosu r e about it and smoothed o ff the

rocky blu ff by putting flat stones fr om the immediate
neighbo r hood about the stone idol thus strangely
found .

About ten days after the finding o f the stone idol

the two o l d kahunas were sitting by their g r ass hut i n
the dusk of the evening bewailing the scarcity o f fi sh
, ,

when K an e au k ai himself appeared before them i n the

gui s e o f a young man H e told them that they had
.

done well i n setting up his stone image and if they ,

would follow hi s di r ectio ns they would have a plentiful

“
supply of fi s h Said he Go to Mokuleia and you
.
, ,

will find my wooden idol ; b ring i t here and s e t i t up

alongside of my stone idol But they demurred as
.
,

it was a da r k night and the r e we r e u sually quicksands

 K A N EA U K A I 2
53
after a fr eshet in the K am an an u i Rive r H is answe r .

”
was “
S end you r g r and s o n s And s o the t wo young
‘

, .

men we r e sent to get the wooden idol and were told

where they could find i t .

The young men s ta r ted fo r M okuleia by way o f

Kaika near the p lace whe r e s alt was made a fe w yea r s
,

ago Being st r ange r s they were i n doubt about t h e

.
,

t r ue way when a meteor ( h oku ka ol el e) appeared and

,

went before them showing them h o w to escape the

,

quicksand s After cro s sing the r iver they went o n to

.

M oku l eia as directed by K an e au k ai and found the ,

wooden idol i n t h e hut o f the two o l d men They .

shouldered i t and taking as much d r ied fi s h as they

,

could carry returned by the same way that they had

,

come arriving at home about midnight

,
.

T he next day the two old kahunas set up the

wooden idol i n the same inclo s u r e with the stone rep
r e se n t at iv e o f K a n e au k ai The wooden image h as .

long since disappea r ed having been destroyed prob , ,

ably at the tim e K aahu m an u made a tour o f Oahu

,

after her conversion to Christianity when sh e i ss ued ,

her edict to burn all the idols But the stone idol .

was not dest r oyed Even du r ing the pa s t sixty yea r s

.

o ff e r ings of roa s t pigs are known to have been placed

befo r e it This was done s ec r etly fo r fear of the
.

chiefs who had published l aws again s t idolat r y

,
.

Accounts di ff e r va r iou s nar r ator s giving the s to r y

,

s ome embellishment s of their o wn So good a man .

as a deacon of Waialua in telling the above seemed t o

believe that in s tead o f b eing a legend it was t r ue ; fo r

,

an old man to whom he r efer r ed as authority said

, ,
2 54 H AWAI I AN F O L K TALES
that o n e of the young men who went to M okuleia and
brought the wooden idol to Waimea was his own
grandfathe r .

An aged re s ident o f the locality gives this version

F ollowing the placement o f their s trangely found stone
these t wo men dreamed of Kan e au k ai as a god i n some
fa r di s tant land to whom they p etitioned that he would
—
,

crown their labors with succe s s by g r anting them a

plentiful supply o f fish Dr eaming thus K an e au k ai
.
,

revealed himself to them as b eing al r eady at their

sho r e ; that t h e stone which they had b een permitted
to find and had ho nored by s etting up at K e h au apu u ,

was himself in response to their petition s ; and since

,

they had been faithful so far upon continuance o f the ,

same and o ff erings thereto they should ever after be

, ,

successful in thei r fishing As if in confirmatio n of .

this covenant thi s locali t y h as ever since been noted

,

fo r the periodical v isits o f schools o f the an ae holo and -

kala which are prevalent fr om Ap r il t o July coming

, , ,

it is said from O h ea H o n u au l a Maui by way of

, , , ,

Kahuku and returning the s ame way

,
.

So strong was the superstitious b elief o f t h e people

i n th is deified stone that when some twenty yea r s ,

ago the road supervisor o f the dist r ict th r ew it over

,

and bro k e o ff a portion it was prophesied that Kan ,

e au k a i would b e avenged fo r the insult And when .

shortly afterward the supe r viso r lost h is po s itio n and

remo v ed fr om the district retu r ning n o t t o the day o f
,

his death ; and since several o f his relatives ha ve met

untimely ends not a few felt it was the recompense of
,

his sacrilegious act .

2 56 H AWAI I AN FO LK TA L E S
v u l s io n o f nature which has happened s i nce then In
, .

this was a deep pool a favorite bathing place fo r all

,
-

Waipio The King sha r k god K am o h o al ii used t o

.
, ,

visit this pool ve r y often to sport i n the fr esh waters

of the Waipio River Taking i nto account the many
.

di ff erent tales told of the doings o f this shark g o d he ,

m ust have had quite an eye for human p hysical beauty .

K al e i as was t o be expected fr om a strong well

, ,

formed H awaiian gi r l of those days was an e x pe r t ,

swimmer a good diver and noted fo r the neatness and

, ,

gr ace with which s h e would l el e f a t e d ( jump fr om the

/

r ocks into deep wate r ) without an y spla s hing o f water ,

which would happen to unskilful dive r s fr om the ,

awkward attitudes they would assume i n the act of

j umpi n g .

I t seem s Kam o h o al i i the King sha r k had noted

,
-
,

the charms o f the beautiful K al ei and his hea r t or , ,

whatever answers i n place o f it with fishes had been ,

captured by them But he could n o t expect t o make

.

much of an impressio n on the maiden s susceptibilities ’

i n p r op r i a p er sona even though he was perfectly able

,

to take her b odily into his capacious maw ; s o he must

needs g o cou r ting i n a mo r e plea sing way A s s u ming .

the form o f a ve r y handsome man he walked o n the ,

beach one rathe r rough morning waiting fo r the gi r l s ,

’

appea r ance .

N o w t h e ve r y wildness of the elements a ff o r ded him

the chance he de s i r ed as though K al e i was counted
, ,

am ong the mos t agile and quick o f r ock fi s h er s that -

,

mo r ning when sh e did come and alone as he r u s ual

, , ,

companions were deterred by the rough weathe r s h e ,

 TH E S H AR K M AN -
,
N AN AU E 2
57
made several un succe s sful sp r ing s t o e s cape a high
th r eatening wave raised by the g o d him s elf ; and
apparently if it had not been fo r the p r ompt and
,

e ff ective assistance rende r ed by the handsome st r ange r ,

sh e would have been swept ou t into the s e a .

Thus an acquaintance was e s tablished K al e i met .

the stranger from time to time and finally became h is

,

wife.

Some little time before s h e expected to become a

mother her hu s band who all thi s time would only
, ,

com e hom e at night told her his t r ue nature and

, ,

info r ming her that he would have to leave her gave ,

orders in regard t o the bringing up o f the future child .

H e particularly cautioned the mother never to let him

b e fed o n animal flesh o f any kind as he would be ,

born with a dual nature and with a body that he could

,

change at will .

I n time Kal e i was de l ivered o f a fine healthy b oy ,

apparently the same as any other child b ut he had , ,

b esides the no r mal mo uth o f a human being a s ha r k s ,

’

mouth o n h is back b etween the shoulder blades .

K al e i had told her family of the kind o f being her

husband was and they all agreed t o keep the matte r
,

of the shark mouth o n the child s back a sec r et as

-
’

t h e r e was no kno wing what fears and j ealousie s might

be e x cited i n the minds o f the King o r h igh chiefs by
such an abnormal being and the babe might be killed
,
.

The old grandfathe r fa r fr o m h e e d i n g the wa r ning

'

given by K am o h o al ii in the matter o f animal diet as ,

soon as the b o y wh o was called N an au e was old

, ,

eno u gh to come u nder the taboo i n regard to the eat

2 58 H A W A IIA N F O LK TAL E S
ing of males and had to take his meals at the mua
,

house with the m en of the family took e s pecial pains ,

t o feed hi m o n d o g meat and pork H e had a hope .

that his grandson would gro wup to be a great st r ong ,

man and become a famous warrio r ; and the r e was n o

,

knowing what pos s ibi litie s lay before a strong skilful ,

warrior in those days So he fed the boy with meat

’

.
,

wheneve r i t was obtainable The boy thrived g r ew .

,

strong big and handsome as a young lama ( M 4 54

, ,

sa nd wi cem i r ) tree .

There was anothe r pool with a small fall of the

Waipio River ve r y near the house o f K al ei and the ,

b o y very often went into it while his mother watched

o n the banks Whenever he got i nto the wate r he
.

would take the fo r m o f a sha r k and would chase and

eat the small fi sh which abounded in the pool As he .

grew old enough to u nderstand his mother took ,

especial pains to impress o n him the necessity of con

ce al i n
g his sha r k na t ure from other people .

This place was also another favorite bathing place -

o f the people but N a n au e , contrary to all the habits,

o f a genuine H awaiian would never go in bathing

,

with the others but always alone ; and when his,

mothe r was able s h e used to go with him and si t o n

,

the banks holding the kapa scarf which he always

, ,

wo r e t o hide the sha r k mouth o n his back -

.

When he became a man his appetite for animal ,

diet indulged i n childhood had g r own so strong that

, ,

a human being s ordina r y allowance would no t su ffi ce

’

fo r him The o ld g r andfather had died in th e mean

.

time s o that he was dependent o h the food supplied

,
2 60 H AWAI I AN FO LK TALES
I f i t s hould be a man o r woman going to the beach
alone that person would never be see n again as the
, ,

shark -man would immediately follow and watching for ,

a favorable opportunity j ump i nto the sea H aving, .

previously ma r ked the whereabouts of the person he

was after it was an easy thing for him to approach
,

quite close and changing into a shark rush on the

, ,

unsuspecting perso n and drag him o r her down into

the deep where h e would devour his victim at his
,

leisure This was the danger to humanity whic h his

.

king father foresaw when he cautioned the mother o f

-

the u nborn child about feeding him o n animal flesh as ,

thereby an appetite would be evoked which they had

no means o f satisfying and a human being would ,

furnish the most handy meal of the kind that he

would desire .

N an au e had b een a man grown some time when an ,

orde r was p r omulgated by Umi King o f H awaii fo r , ,

every man dwelling i n Waipio to go to koel e wo r k ,

tilling a large plantation for the King There were to .

be ce r tain days i n an 4 724 /2q ( ten days ) to b e s e t aside

for this wo r k when every man woman and child had
, , ,

to go and render service e x cepti n g the very old and,

decrepit and children i n arms

, .

The first day every one went but Nanan e H e kept .

o n working in his mother s vegetable garden to the

’

astonishment o f all wh o saw him This was repo r ted .

to the King and seve r al stalwart men were sent afte r

,

him When br ought befo r e the King he still wore his

.

kap a kiiz ez o r mantle

'

.
,

The King asked him why he was not doing koele

 TH E SH AR K -M A N
, N AN A U E 261

work with every o n e else N an au e answered he did

.

not know it was required of him Umi could n o t .

help ad m i r in g t h e bold free bea r ing of the handsome

’

man and noting his splendid physique thought he

, ,

would make a good warrio r greatly wanted i n tho s e ,

ages and more especially i n the reign o f Umi and

, ,

simply orde r ed him to go t o work .

N an au e obeyed and too k his place in the field with

,

the others and proved himself a good worker but

, ,

still kept o n his kihei which it would be natural to

,

suppose that h e would lay aside as an i ncumbrance

when engaged i n hard labor At last some of the .

more venturesome of the younger folks managed

to tear his kapa o ff as if accidentally when the
, ,

shark mouth on his b ack was seen by all the people

-

near.

N an au e was so enraged at the displacement of his

kapa and his consequent e x posure that he turned and ,

bi t several of the crowd while the s hark mouth ,

-

opened and shut with a s nap and a clicking sound ,

was heard such as a shark is supposed to make when

baulked b y its prey .

The news o f the shark -m o u t h a n d his characteristic

shark like actions were quickly reported to the King
-
,

with the fact o f the disappearance of so many people

i n the vicinity of the pools frequented by N an au e ; and
of his pretended warnings to p eople going t o the sea ,

which we r e immediately followed by a sha r k b ite or by

their being eaten bodily with every o ne s surmise and
,
’

belief that this man was at the bottom of all those

disappea r ances Th e K ing believed it was even s o
. ,
26 2 H AWA I IA N FO LK TALES
and ordered a la r ge fire to be lighted and Nanan e to ,

be thrown i n to be b u r nt alive .

When N an au e s aw what was before him he called ,

o n the shark god his father to help him ; then seem

, , ,

ing to b e endowed with supe r human st r ength in answer

t o his p r ayer ; he bu r st the ropes with which he had

been b ound i n preparation for the b urning and break ,

i n g through the th r ong of U m i s warriors wh o

’

attempted to detai n him he ran followed b y the

, ,

whole multitude toward the pool that emptied into

,

the sea When he got t o the edge o f the rocks bor

.

dering the pool he waited till the foremost persons

,

were within arm s length when he leaped into the

’

water and immediately turned into a large shark on

the su r face of the water i n plain view o f the people
,

who had arrived and whose numbers were b eing con

,

t i n uall y augmented by more and more arrivals .

H e lay o n the s u rface some little time as if to ,

r ecover his b r eath and t h en tu rned over on h is b ac k

, ,

and rai s ing h is head pa r tly out o f the water s napp e d ,

his teeth at the c r owd who by this time completely

, ,

lined the bank s and then as if i n derisio n o r defiance

, ,

o f them , tu r ned and flirted his tail at them and swam

o u t to s e a
.

The people and chiefs were fo r killi n g his mother

and relatives fo r having brought up such a monste r .

K al e i and he r b r others were seized b ound and d r agged

, ,

befo r e Umi while the people clamored fo r their

,

i mmediate execut i on o r as some suggested that they

, ,

be th r own into the fi r e lighted fo r N an au e .

But Umi was a wis e k in g and would not consent to

’
 TH E SH AR K -
M AN , N AN AU E 26
3
any such summary proceedings but questioned Kal ei ,

in regard to her fearful o ff s pring The grieved and .

frightened mother told everythi n g in connection with

the paternity and bringing up of the child and with ,

the warning given by th e d r ead s e a father -

.

Umi considered that the great se a god Kam o h oal i i

was o n the whole a b e n efi ce n t as well as a powerful
one S hould the relatives and mothe r of that shark
.

god s so n be killed there would then be no possible

’

means of checking the ravages o f that s o n who might ,

linger around the coast and creeks o f the island taking ,

on human shape at will for the purpo s e of travelling

,

inland to any place he liked and then reassume h is

,

fish fo r m and lie i n wai t in the man y deep pools

formed by the streams and springs .

Umi the r efore ordered Kal e i and her relatives to

, ,

b e s e t at liberty while the priests and shark kahunas

,

were requested to make o fferings and invocations to

K am o h o al ii that h is spirit might take possession of
o n e o f his b a l ms
( mediums devoted to his cult ) and ,

s o e x p r ess t o humanity his desires i n regard to hi s b ad

s o n wh o had presumed to eat human b e in g s a p r act ice

, ,
’
well known t o be contrary to K am o h o alii s design .

This was done whereupo n the shark g o d manifested

,

himself th r ough a haka and e x pre s sed h is grief at the

,

action o f his wayward s o n H e told them that the

.

g r andfather was to blame for feeding him o n animal

fl e s h contrary to h is orde r s and if i t were n o t fo r that
’

exte n uating circumstance he would order h is s o n to

,

be killed by h is own shark o ffi ce r s ; but as i t was h e ,

would require of him that he s hould disappear forever

2 64 H A W A IIA N F O LK TA L ES

from the shores of H awa i i Should N an au e disregard

.

that order and b e seen by any of his father s shar k ’

soldie r s he was to be instantly killed

, .

Then the sha r k g o d who it seems retai ned an

,

a ff ection for his human wife e x acted a promise that s he

,
.

and her relat i ves were to be forever fr ee fr om any

persecutions o n account o f her unnatural s o n o n pain ,

o f the return and fr eedom from the taboo of that son .

Acco r dingly N an au e left the island of H awaii ,

crossed over to M aui and landing at Kipahulu

, ,

resumed his human shape and went inland H e was .

seen by the people and when questioned told them

, ,

he was a tra veller fr om H awaii who had landed at ,

H ana and was going around sightseeing H e was so .

good looking pleasant and b eguiling i n his conve rsa

, ,

tion that people gene r ally liked him H e was taken .

as a ikan e by o n e o f the petty chiefs of t h e place wh o ,

gave his own sister for wife to N an au e The latter .

made a st ipulation that his sleeping house should b e

sepa r ated fr om that o f his wife o n account of a ,

pretended vow but really i n order that h is peculiar

,

second mouth might escape detection .

F o r a while the charms o f the pretty gi r l who had

become his wife seem to have been su ffi cient to
prevent b fm from t r ying to eat human b eings but ,

after a while whe n the novelty o f his positio n as a

,

husband had wo r n o ff and the desire fo r human flesh

,

had again become very s trong b e resumed the o l d

,

practice for which he had been driven away fr om

H awaii .

H e was eventually detected in the ve r y act of push

2 66 H AWAI I AN FO L K TALES
b r oke away fr om them several times H e was finally .

ove r powered near the seasho r e and tightly bound All .

the people then turned their attention to gathering

b r u s h and fi r ewood t o b urn him fo r i t was well known,

that i t i s only by being totally consu med by fi r e that

a man shark can be tho r oughly dest r oyed and
—
,

p r e v ented fr om taking pos s ession o f the body o f some

ha r mless fi s h s ha r k who would then be incite d to do
,

all the perniciou s acts o f a man shark -

.

While he lay there o n the l o w sandy beach the tide ,

was coming in and as most o f the people were re turn

,

ing with fagots and brush N ana n e m ade a supreme ,

e ff o r t and r olled over s o that his feet touched the

w ate r when he was enabled at once t o change into a
,

monster shark Tho s e wh o were near him saw i t b ut

.
,

we r e n o t di s posed t o let him o ff s o easily and they ran ,

seve r al row s o f netting makai the water being very ,

s hallow fo r quite a distance out The shark s flippe r s

.
’

we r e all bound by the r ope s with which the man

N an au e had been bound and this with the s hallowness
,

o f the wate r p r evented him fr om exe r ting his great

strength t o advantage H e did succeed in struggling

.

t o the b r eakers though momentarily g r owing weaker

,

fr om loss o f blood as the people we r e striking at him

,

with clubs spea r s stone adzes and anything that

, ,

would hurt o r wound so as t o p r event his escape

,
.

With all that he would have g o t clea r if the people

, ,

had n o t called t o thei r aid the demigod U nauna who ,

lived i n the mountains o f uppe r K ai n al u I t was then .

a case o f Akua w Akua but Unauna was only a

.
,

y oung demigod and n o t supposed t o have acquired

,
 T H E S H AR K MAN -
, N AN AU E 267

his full strength and supernatural powers while ,

N an au e was a full -g r own man and shark I f it had .

not been for the latter s being hampered by the cords

’

with which he was bound the nets i n his way as well

, ,

as the loss of blood it is fu lly believed that he would

,

have go t the better of the young local p r esiding deity ;

b u t he was finally conquered and hauled up o n the hill
s lopes of K ai n al u to be b urnt .

The shallow ravine left by the passage o f his

immense body over the light yielding soil of the
K ai n al u H ill slop e can be seen to this day as also a ,

ring o r deep groove completely around the top o f a

tall insulated rock very near the top o f Kain al u H ill ,

around which Unauna had thrown the rope to as s ist ,

him i n hauling the big s hark up hill The place was .

ever afterwards called Pu u m an o ( Shark H ill ) and is ,

s o known to this day .

N a n au e was so la r ge that i n the attempt to b u r n

,

him the blood and water oozing out of his b urning

,

bod y put out the fire several times Not to be out .

witted i n that way b y the s hark s o n of Kam o h o alii ,

Unauna o r dered the people t o cut and bring fo r the

pu r pose o f spli tt i ng i n to knives bamboos fr om the ,

sacred grove of K ain al u The sha r k flesh was then

.

cut into strips partly dried and then burnt but the
, , ,

whole bamboo g r ove had t o be used before the big

shark was all cut The g o d M o h o al ii ( another form
.

o f the nam e of the god K am o h o al ii father of U nau na

) , ,

was s o angered by the desecratio n o f the grove or more ,

likely o n account of the u se t o which it was put that ,

he took away all the edge and sha r pness fr om the

268 H AWAI I AN FO LK TA LE S
bamboos of this grove forever and to this day they
,

are d i ff erent from the b amboo s of any other place or

grove o n the island s i n this p articular that a piece o f
, ,

them cannot cut any more than any piece of commo n

wood .
270 H AWAI I A N F O LK TALES
Whi l e this kapu prevai l ed the people resorted t o the
deep sea stations for thei r fo od supply With the .

removal o f the hau b r anches i ndicating that the kapu ,

was lifted the people fi s hed as they desired subj ect

, ,

only t o the makahiki taboo days of the p r iest or alii ,

when n o canoe s we r e allowed to go ou t upo n the wate r .

The first fish caught b y a fisherman o r any one ,

else was marked and dedicated to Ku ula After this

,
-
.

o ff e r ing was made Ku ula s right therei n being thus

,
-
’

recognized they we r e free fr om further o blations so far

,

as that particular variety o f fi sh was concerned All .

fishermen fr om H awaii to Niihau observed this

, ,

custom religiously W hen the fishermen caught a

.

la r ge supply whether b y the net hook o r shell but

, , , ,

one o f a kind as j ust stated was rese r ved as an o ff er

, ,

ing to K u ula ; the r emainder was then free to the people

-
.

D E I FI ED FI S H S U PER S T T O N I I
Some o f th e varieties of fish we n o w eat we r e deified
and prayed t o by the people o f the olden time and even ,

some H awaiians of to day labor under like superstition

—

with r egard t o sha r ks eels o o pu s and some others

, , , .

They a r e afr aid to eat or touch these lest they su ff er in

consequence ; and this belief has been perpetuated ,

handed down fr om parents t o child r en even to the ,

p r esent day The w r i te r was o n e o f those brought up

.

t o this belief and only lately has eaten the kapu fi s h

,

o f his ancestors without fea r ing a penalty therefor .

S TO R Y OF TH E AN AE- HOLO
The an ae holo is a specie s o f mul l et u nlike the
-

shallow water o r pond variety ; and the following

, ,
F I S H S TO RI E S AN D S UPE RSTI T I O N S 2
7 1

sto r y o f it s ha b it i s well known to any [t ap a ( native

born ) o f Oahu .

The home of the ana c holo is at H onouliuli Pearl -

,

H arbor at a place called Ih u o p al aai They make

,
.

periodical j ourneys around to the opposite side o f the

island sta r ting fr om Puuloa and going t o windward
, ,

passing successively Ku m u m an u Kalihi Kou Kalia , , , ,

Waikiki Kaalawai and so o n a r ound to t h e K o o l au

, ,

side ending at Laie and then returning b y the same

, ,

course t o their starting point Thi s fish is no t caught —

.

at Waianae Kae n a Waialua Waimea o r Kahuku

, , , ,

because it does not ru n that way though these place s ,

are well supplied with other kinds The r e aso n g iv e n .

for this is as follows

Ihq al aai had a K u ula and this fish o d supplied
—
g ,

Ih u o p al aai s siste r took a husband and went

’
a n ae s.

a nd lived with him at La i e K o o l au l o a I n course o f , .

time a day came w hen there was n o fi s h to b e had I n .

her distress and desire fo r som e s h e bethought hersel f

of her brother so she sent her hu s band t o H onouliuli
,

“
to ask Ih u o p al aai fo r a supply s ayi ng : Go t o ,

Ihu o p al aai my brother and as k him for fi s h

,
I f he
,
.

o ff ers y o u dried fish refuse it by all m eans ; d o n o t

,
—

take it because the di s tance i s s o long that y o u would

,

n o t be able to carry enough t o last us fo r any length

”
of time .

When her hus b and arrived at H onouliuli he went

to Ihu o p al aai and asked him for fish H is b r othe r i n .
-

l aw gave him se v eral large bundle s o f d r ied fish o ne ,

of which he could not very well lift let alone car r y a ,

distance This o ff er was refused and reply given

.
2 72 H AWAI I AN F O LK TAL E S
according to i nstruction Ih u o p al aai s at thi nking for
.

some time and then told him to return hom e saying ,

“
You take the road o n the Kona si d e of the island ;
do not sit stay nor sleep on the way till you r each
, ,
”
your o wn house .

The man started as di r ected and Ihu o p al aai asked ,

K u ula to send fi s h for his sister and while the man

-
,

was j ourneying homeward as directed a school o f fish

was following i n the sea withi n the b reakers H e did
, .

n o t obey fully the words of Ih u o al aai for he became

p ,

so tired that he sat down o n the way ; but he noticed

that whenever he did s o the fi s h rested too The .

people seeing the school of fish went and caught some

o f them O f course not knowing that this was his
.
,

supply he did n o t realize that the people were taking

,

his fish Reaching home he met his wife and told her
.
,

he had b rought no fi s h b ut had seen many all the,

way and pointed out to her the school o f an ae holo

,
—

which was then resting abreast o f their house She .

told him it was their s upply sent by Ih u o p al aai his , ,

b rother i n l aw They fished an d got all they desired

- —
.
, ,

whereupon the remainder returned by the same way

till they reached H onouliuli where Ihu o p al aai was liv
ing Ever afterward this variety o f fish has come and
.

gone the same way eve r y y ear to this day commencing ,

some time i n O ctober and ending i n M arch o r Ap r il .

E x pectant mothe r s are n o t allowed to eat of the

an ae holo n o r the ah o l e h o l e fea r ing di r e consequences
-
, ,

to the child hence they never touch them till after the
,

e v entfu l day N o r are these fish ever given to children

.

till they are abl e to pick and eat them o f their own accord .
2 74 H AWAI I AN F O LK TALE S
feasting H ilu ula the brothe r arrived among them in
,
-
, ,

his human form ; and when he saw the hilu uli b roiling
'

over the coal fi r e he recognized the fish form of his

sister This s o angered him that he assumed the form
.

of a whirlwind and entered every house where they had

hilu and blew the fish all back into the s e a S ince .

then the hilu uli has dark scales and is well known all
-
,

over the islands .

TH E H O U O R S NOR I N G FI S H ,

The h o u live s in shallow water When fishing with .

to r ches o n a quiet still night if one gets close to

,
'

where i t is sleeping i t will be heard to snore as if it

were a human being Thi s is a small beautifully .
,

c olored fi s h Certai n sharks also sleeping i n shallow

.
,

water can be heard at times i ndulging i n the same

,

habit .

There are many kinds of fi s h known to these

islands and other stories connected with them which
, , ,

if gathered together would make an interesting colle e

,

“ ”
tion of yarns as fishy as any country can produce .

TH E E N D
278 G L O S S A RY

A-PE HOK
a - e,
p pl t h i g b
a d l v
an av n r oa ea e s ba n, a f t t ores r ee
p s e ci es o f
—
a

o f c id t t li k k l
an a r as e , e a o, hibi c ; l s us a so , t h e b ar k o f
b t t u g s r on er . thi t f s re e r om w hich ro
p es

a n ki , th ki l f ( B
e t ea r a ca ’ n a er d
ar e m a e.

m i n a l zr ) , p
’

. 11
9 . be ekol a nl a 0 ka l a , the thi d r

Aanz a kaa , an c t l hdes r a s a e s, p 93 ; . br ight n e ss o f t he sun ,

p . 20
4 .

go d, p . 2 20. b ee kup ua , won d e r fu l o ct o

p us,
p /
a a e y a,
p . 2 20 .
P 23
4
a a waz, wa
’

t c
er o ur se ,
p . 1 10 . be i a a, t
p e em l .

Ana/e ka m a ke ! l
a as, he is d d! ea be keebzn a b on aa
’

a K a n e, p . 1 5 .

176 be l i i ka b a/i , p
’
19
p . . . .

a wa , t h e n am e of
p an o f
a l t a He La a/oa n o Na
’
111, a d ee
p pi t
b itt c id er , a r hich t ast e , fr o m w fo r t h e chi f e s,
p . 2
4 1.

an i t x ic ti g d i ki d ;
n o a n r n sm a e be m an a na b al a, ab ou t thi ty r

l th
a so f t h li q e n am e o e u or dy a s.

it lf x p d f
‘

th He p o b ooka bz , in
’

se , e r esse rom e a a o 11 a
p a n, on e

roo t f t h pl t o e an . night , an d by d a wn it is
a weo w p ci
eo, a s f ddi h fi h e es o re s s . fi ihdn s e , p . 10
9 .

He wa a ba /a a Al z z ka M okn,
' '

Ei a 0 Han a l a ly e aina aa
peb a ; 0 the ro yl a ve sse l , t h e ar k, p .

Ha n a kei a i k a i a i ki; ka i a 20 .

a K aen a; ka i a a La na ki /a , bi a ka, n am e o f a lc
p a e i n t h e se a
p . 2 20 . bey d oni id t h e kai u l i, an d n s e

El epa i o, a sm a ll g re en b i d ( Cl
r ya th k h l
e p 4 o o a, . 2 2 .

Jz e nz
'

pi; rana wi ebenr ir )

’

, p . Hi - k p l M t Ex c ll t p
a - o- oa , os e en , .

1 5 .

fi t
’

Hi l o, t he rs d ay ( of t he n e w

be , t he l o wer s em t l
o f eave s w h en m oo n
) , p .
75 .

cut f
r om the r oo t ,p . 1 1
4 . b i /a, a s
p e ci es o f fish , s
p o tt d e

ba a we, b a k- o a c l d p , . 126 . w ith v ar ou s i cl o o r s, p . 273 .

ba ka , a m e di d t d um e vo e to t he b i na bzn a ,
'

l e ave s of a g y ra or

cult of g a o d, p . 2 63 . w ith d pp er e a e ar an c p 98 e, ,
.

[y a /a t (P ree a n e/
a nte; d
a or a t i u i bin a/ea , p ci f
a s e es o ll fi h
sm a s .

m ay
) , p . 1 2 1 . b okeo, a fi sh e r m an s
’
g d our .

[y a /an , s hd e , p . 1 1 3. boka ka ol e/e, a m e e or , t p . 2 53 .

 GLO S SA RY 279

HOL KA N
boYaa, s e l d . K ai a S ea of Kah i n a
b on a, se a t tl ur e,
p 3 . 18 . l aa,
-
p 37 . .

b oa, a s
p ci e es o f fi sh ,
p . 2 74 . ka i -a/a -a -K an e, the Re d S e a of

b a/a , d r um . Kan e , p 2 4 . .

kai a/z, t h e e ep se a
'

d .

i ei e, t h e l e aves o f the ie , a dc e o ka i m a ena, m iddl e

pos t ( of a

r at ive v ne . i h o u se
) , p . 22 3 .

i i wi , a sm al l r ed bi r d . K a kel e kel e, hyd ro

pa thic c ure,
p .

i ka m a/ Hea, p 1 26.
’

z o . 24 .

Iki ki , a su m m e r m on th —
] ul y or ka /a , a s
p e ci e s of fi sh .

Au g t us , p .
74 . K a l ae o ka i l i o, the d g f
o
’
s or e

2
°

ki n z
'

a ku a , s
p i it
r s, an gl e s. h d ea , p 4 . 2 0.

Ikaa, a wi n t er m on th D c e em K a Zo e 0 ka l aa a , p . 2 40 .

ber or
J an u ar y , p 74 . . K a l a n a -z
'

ba a -ol a ( Ka l an a with t he
ka ba i a , t he s p ittl o f the g d lif gi i g d w) the i
'

z e o s, e- vn e , pr m e

p . 1 8 . v l h a f om e o m an k n i d , p .

Ha l o l oa i ka p o, p 1 8 . . 1 7 .

i i i ba n, fh e b ar k o f t h e h au t re e ka l o, th e we ll -kn own gt l
ve e ab e o f

fr om w hich ro
p e s ar e m a d e, H awa ii , a s ci
p e es o f d r u m
8 er ea l en t am ; Co/oea r za a n t iqu
'

2 1
p . .

i l i o, d og . or a m , p . 1 31 .

i m ea ol e, no thi g n . ka m aa i na r , or igi l i h bit t

na n a an s,

i fn n, o ve n .
p . 1
40 .

i zoi kna nz oo, t he ba kb o n e c . ka nzan z

'

t r ee , Ca l op by l /a nz i n opby l

p .
72 .

ka aina i ka ba npo a K a n e, p . ka n a ka , a m an ; t he g en er a l n am e

2
4 . of m en , wo m e n , an d child r en

ka z
a i n a m on on a a K a n e, p . 2
4 . of a ll cl asse s, in di ti cti
s n on

ka a o, lg d
e en - be ar er , p 1 0 8 . . f r om i l
an m a s .

ka bo/na a na o K a ba zo a /i , Ka h a K a na ka -m a ol i , t he p eo
p l li vi g e n

wa li ’
s s lidi g pl c
n - a e,
p .
39 . on t he m a n an i l d of Kan e
ka bn, ke ep e r , p . 1 88 .
( Ai n a ka m a n aa
p a K a ne) ,
ka bana l apaa n , m e dic l a pr es i t , p . 22 .

P 53 ° K a n e, su n light p , . 1 5 .

Ka ia ka bzn a/zz, t he Fl d oo , p . 20 . kan ekoa , a d ity p e , . 1 84 .

2 80 GLO SSARY
KAN KO N

K a ne-l a a -a l z ,
'

th e f ll
a en ch i f h e , e Ke a e n ei a n ia ol aa , Igi r e ve for
wh o f lle on acc oun t f th
o e y o u t wo , p .
41 .

t re e ,
p . 17 . ki , a l t
p an h av i g cch i n a sa ar n e

Ka n i kan , l am e n a t ti on ,
p . 1 8 1 . r oot t h l v f which
, e ea e s o are

ka one l a n en a a Kane, p . 24 . u sed f w ppi g p b dlor ra n u un es

kapa , the cl th o be a e n t f r om t he o f f d ; th l v
oo l e e a e s ar e a so

b ar k of the
p p a er m u lb y er r ,
u sed f d f c ttl d
as oo or a e an

l f a so f v l
r om th e b ar k o se e r a f or th tchi g a n .

th t ; h c cl th f krbez , tl w th
'

o er r e es en e, o o a m an e or n o ve r e

y ki d ; cl thi g g
an nl ly o n en e r a . s h ld ou er s .

K p p b
a a a k th i l d
a n a nnz o a , e s a n ki l n, pl y a g , p 7or am e , . 12 .

b i g ck e ar n t t p ro or s r a u m , . koa t r ee , At a r i a koa .

49 ko
’
a a in a aa nz a ka a , fishin g -s t tia on ,

ka p oe keo keo m aol i ,

p . 22 .
p . 22
9 .

kap a, c d
sa r e . ko
’
a i a, fish i n g -s t tia on .

kap a -b oa n o , sa r e c d or h ly d yo a s, ko
’
a ka -a /a , p 2 2 7 . .

p . 2
4 . ko
’
a l a wa i a , fish in g -s t ti
a on ,
p . 222 .

kapa ka , t he r es o ra t ti on t o lif e of koa /i , sam e a s kowa l i .

t he d d ea , p . 1 51 . koar, fighti g p 57 n m en , . 1 .

K a P an a ban , t he ne w spr i g
n , p . k l
oe e, ll di i i
a sm a f l d; v s on o an

37 0 h c fi ld p l t d by t h
en e, a e an e e

K a ua ki owa o, M ou n t ai n Mi t s , p . t t f e n an sl dl d ; or a an or a

331 . g d b l gi g t t h
ar en e on n o e

K a na waa bi /a , W aahil a Ri a n,
p . chi f b t c lti t d by hi
e , u u va e s

1
33 .
p pl p eo6 e, . 2 0 .

ka n i ka l el e, p 2 0 9 . . k b /
o o a, f a ree .

ka -zo ai -o/a -l oa -a -Ka n e, p 2 3 , . k l

o ea ,
pl p 7 o ver , . 1 .

ka zo e/ewel e, u pg idi g
n -r o e s,
p 115 . . kon a , t
a th t c
se ve r e s or m a om es

K ea keom i l u , t h e ve r o f li u, M il p f u t h q t r om
p e e u a or , .

p .
56 . 18 3 .

kea wenz a n bi l i , a d itye , p . 1 84 . kan ane, g li k ch c k

a am e e e er s .

Kei nob oonz a n a zo a n a i , l

a s o ve n , o n e K on o bi k f d l l d
'

z, h d eu a or ,
a ea m an

i t ty
p er s s en l u n e an , p 8 8 cl . . with th d hi o er s u n er m .

K e -p o-l aa -a b i , th e p i t o f fir e , i n kon o bi l wif f f d l l d

’
'

z, e o a eu or
a , p .

f er n o ,
p . 1 8 . 87 .
282 G L O SS ARY
MA OHI

m a, a yll bl ig ifyi g
s a e s n n ae c om m a n i n i, a ci s
pe es of fi sh c ghtau

p y i g t g th n t , o e er , e c . , 54p . . by di i g pv n , . 2 50 .

rn a z ka , t he of
po p ul ar d am
'

n am e a m a n e, 1 10
, p . .

g am e ; a so , t h e s o n e u sel t df or m a n oba e, a r ave n o u s s h ar k, p .

ro lli g i th t g
n n a am e ,
p . 1 57 .

z
n ai ka p i f o m a, r om t he ti m e o f m ao li, a s
p e ci es of b an an a ; t he
n ight d k ,
ar n e ss, ch ao s,
p . l g d
on , ar k- cl o or e d pl t i an a n ,

1 5 .
p . 1 50 .

m ai , kofn o n a i, z p 78 m a u ka , i l d n an

x
. . .

m a i l e, Aly i a ol z n a ef or fn i r , p . 1 20 ; M ilu ,
i f n ern o .

fi n e - e ave l d var e i ty , ill ai e l M oi ,

ig p 8 6
so ve r e n , . 1 .

l a u l ii , p .
95 . m oi , a s
p ci f fi h f e whit es o s o a e

m a ka b a , fl oo dg t a e s,
p . 1 42 . cl o or .

nz a ka bel ei , d ra wn e y e s,
p . 1 20 . rn oo, a g l f ll li d
e n e r a n am e or a z ar s,

m a ka b i ki , the n am e of the fi t rs
p t
a se r en .

d ay o f the y e ar , p . 2 70 . M oo -
kp a c d l d p
a, sa r e an s, . 2 10 .

nz a ka i ,d p 7 se a war , . 2 1 . m ua ,
p . 2 58 .

M k kba M i ty E y p
a e a n, s e s, . 1 82 .

l il
nz a a g t with t h
na , oa s ou o r n s, Na a ku a a n rn a kna 0 ka p oe ka bz/n a
ch w f d M
su as ere oun on au n a kal a i wa a , p . 2 16 .

Lo a, p . 24 . n a e, f th id p 6
t h e ar er s e, . 1 1 .

l
m a aa ,
p l c i
a t h a e n e se a h w er e n a -a ,
j i g
e ssa m d i n e, ar en a .

th w t i till
e a er s s an d q i t; u e n oa ,
p t i i g t t h l w cl
er a n n o e o er ass

a
p l c wh tha e er e e b it f a or of p pl p 35 eo e, . 1 .

th k e b it a a or on o i f s d o un ,

p . 2
46 . O ba eba e ka m a na , ke a le n ei ka
m a o; l , gi dl r es wo r n b y t h e m a es l . wa i , p .
95 .

m a m a n i,
p . 1 73 . o bel o, a s
pe ci es o f sm a ll re ddi h s

m a na i aaka l a n i ,
p 218 . . ber r ; y the H awa ii an wh t o

m an a ku ua ,
p m ra u ou s
p o we r i cl ,
t l e be rr y , p . 1 82 .

p . 2 1 5 . obi a , n at ve a i pp l e.

m ana wa ol e i n , no ti m e,
p . 1 10 ; ob z a
’

b em ol el e, the sa r e c d a
pp l e

in a s h t ti or m e,
p . 1 1
3 . t p 17
ree , . .

m a n i en i e -a ki a ki , a m e dici l g na r a ss ob i kt - nz a ka l oa , l g yd on -e e san d
of t h e o ld en t m e , i p . 1 35 . c ra b s, p 7 0 . .
 G LO S S ARY 2 83

O HU PO I
‘

o b aa , t h e n am e gi ven t o t h e y ou n g P a l i -a l i ( t he b l u e m o un a n ti ) , the

o f t h e m a n ini fi sh .
pr i m e va l h om e o f m an k n i d ,

Oi -e, M t Ex c ll t os e en , p . 1
5 .
p . 1 7 .

Oi o, p .
48 .
pa l ol o, w hiti h cl y f which t h s a , o e

oi o, a s
p e ci es of fi sh . h d f th fi t
ea w o e rs m an as

00, digg er ,
p .
52 . m a d p 6 e, . 1 .

oo a,
p a s
p e ci es of sm a ll fish li i g
vn p a ni , a t pp g cl i g p
s o a e, a os n u ,

in f h w t ivr es d a er r er s an th t which t p cl
a s o s or o se s .

p on d s.
pp a a b l o aa, fl t l d p 4 a a s e , . 0 .

p
o a e, a sm a ll fi h ; h i p ; c b s a s r m a ra .
p a -a , ski t r .

p
o zb i -koe
'

l e,
p ci f h ll
a sfi h e es o s e - s
, p i b oi b oi l oa ,
p . 20 6 .

p . 2 2
4 . l g c
pi l i , t h e on , o ar se g r ass u se di n

o
p i bi r , s h lle -fish
, p .
70 . th tchi g h
a n o u se s,
p . 1 58 .

p ne p
i !) .
54 .

p a, wa ll , p . 1 57 .
p a, n ight ch , ao s,
pp . 1 5, 49 .

p a, fi sh - h oo k,
p . 2
47 .
p oe
p oi -a ba n e, s
p i it c tch
r a e r s,
p .

p a bi a ka , l fi sh -p e ar . 12
9 .

p b
a oa, s o n e t h tch t a e .
p bo ak a -i a fi sh
, t
s on e ,
p . 2
4 1 .

p a boeboe, sm th hi i g l v oo , s n n a a .
p oi , t h e p as e p ddit g w hich or u n

pa bon aa , pl c f f g p 56
a e o re u e, . 1 . w f as ly t h chi f f d
o rm e r e e oo

p a b ool a , a t pi c p
r e m n an , a e e, . o f t h H w ii e d till a a an s, an s

56 . is so t g t xt t It
o a r ea e en .

p aba ka eke, p . 186 . is m a d fk l w tp t e o a o, s ee o a

pa l al a , t h e r o yl a re d kap a o f o l d, to e s, o r b df it b t t r ea ru , u m os

P ' 1
45 ly f k l o by b ki g t h a o, a n e

pa ka z
‘

, an h erb d f f d
u se or oo in a b v o ticl i e ard es n an un er

ti m e o f s ar c city . g d v
r ou n d th o
p l e n , an en ee

p kai ,
a a h o u se
j i d t
o neh o a ou se i g
n
p di g th
or dd
ou n n em , a

ab o ve th t i t w
a s, a o er,
p . i g
n littl w t ; it i th
a e a er s en

1 58 . l ft i
e n t f at; m ass o er m e n

pal a , r ipt; l e, so f a so , as a n o u n , a ft f er t ti it i g i
e rm e n a on , s a a n

a ve g t bl d f d e a e u se as oo in w k d v with o w t
or e o er m re a er

ti f c city
m e o s ar . un til it h t h c i t cy as e on s s en

pa l e, a di ct p 1 1 5 re or , . . o f thic k p t It i t as e . s e a en

l
p ,
a i p ci pic
re e. c ld wit h t h fi g
o e n er s .
2 84 G LO SSARY
PO W IL

P o-i a -nzi l a, i f n er n o ,
p . 1 8 . a b a, a s
pe ci es of fi sh ab o u t the

P o-ki ni -ki n i i f
, n ern o ,
p . 1 8 . i
s ze o l f th e sa m o n , p . 2
41 .

P o-kaa -ki n i i f
, n er n o ,
p . 1 8 . a ki , a
pl t h b
an or s ru so m e ti m es

p o 0 a ka a ,
p . 20 5 . u se d i th tchi g ;n a n a s
pe ci es

P o-p apa-i a -o
zoa , i f
n er n o ,
p . 1 8 . o fg p 98 r ass, . .

P o-pa a-ol e, i f n er n o ,
p . 18 . a ka , a s
p ci ffi h
e es o s .

pp o ol o, a
p l t an ti t so m e m es e a en in Ul a kap a a K ane, t h e br e a r u df it
ti m es f c city
o l s ar , a so u se d t
ab oo e fo r Kan e , p 1 7 d . .

as a m e di ci ne. a o, a
p ar t of the
pr o c e ss o f f th
ea er

p oa ban a , end p t ( f h os o a ou se
) . cl oak m ak n
p i g
55 , . 1 .

p oa nz a n a, c p t ( f h
or n e r os o a ouse
)
,
a wa n , a s
pe ci es o f b r ; a k id i d
n of

p . 2 10 . wa t f wl
er o .

p an 0 m an a , c o r n er
p os t ( of a

h o u se
) , p . 2 23 . waa , c an oe ,
p . 194 .

p a, h d
ea , p . 1 1 5 . waa ba la a , se e He waa ba l a a Al t :

p aaa, haog ,
p 16 . . 0 ka M oka .

p a be l a , t h e a a r ee ,
p hl t . 233. W ai a Hi ka, wa t er of H ik u,
p .

a bi , ee l , se a sn ake 44
p .

p a bol obol o, t o c oo k
( f d b
) y ll
oo ro W a i a kol oa , p 1 9 2 . .

in g w ith h t o t
s on e s i n a c ov W a i n a o, t h e sp e ittl o f t he gd o s,

ere dg d p ou r , . 1 35 .
p 16 . .

p a /oa l oa , ig f k p
s n o a u,
p . 1 1
9 . wa ake, b an an a, p 7 9 . .

pan i ka b ia nz oe, p 8 1 . . W a zoo ka M en eban e i P a a kap el e,

paoa , a bu r a o we r ,
p ilt . 1 48 . fn a K a a a i p aob a ka m a n a 0
,

ka l oko o K awa i na i m a K oo
R ei ng a , t he l ea
p i g pl c
n a e,
p .
5 0 . l a ap oko, C a b a , t he hu m of

t h e vo ic es o f t h e M e n eh u n e s
t apa , p . 1 44 . at Puu kap el e , Kau a , i t tl d
s ar e

t he id b r s of the p don f o

Ua , ra n,i p . 169 . K w i i a a nu ,
at Ko ol au p oko ,
na ba ki ka p al e, p . 20 8 . O h p a u, . 1 1 1 .

a ea e, b a , p 225 it . . wi l i wi l i t ree , Ery t br i n a m ono

a ba e i a, p . 1 34 .
f
.
per nza , p . 12 1.
H AW A I I AN Y ES T ER DA Y S
BY DR . H EN R Y M LY M AN .

to the small and choice class of books

EL O N G S
whi c h we r e w r itten fo r the m ere j oy of calling
back days that a r e pa s t and with little thought ,

that other eyes than those o f the mo s t intimate fr iend s

o f the writ er would ever read the pages i n which he
had s et down the memories of his childhood and youth .

I n thi s i nstance the c h ildhood and youth were passed

among the most unusual su rr ou ndings and the mem ,

o r i e s are such as no o ne born of the p r esent generation

can ever hope to have D r Lyman was born i n H il o . .

i n 1 8 3 5 the child o f missionary pa r ents With an

, .

a r ti s tic touch which has placed the sketches just pu b

l is h e d among the books which are books he has given
‘ ’

an u nequaled pictu re of a b o y h o o d lived under t r opical

skies As I read o n and o n through his delightful
.

pages memories came back to me o f three fr iends of

my own childhood Robin s on Crusoe The Swiss — ‘
,
’ ‘

Family Robinson and M asterman Ready and I ,

’ ‘ ’
—

would be glad to know that all old and y oung who , ,

have enj oyed those immo r tal tales would take to their
”
hearts this l ast idyl of an island .

— S a r a A n dr ew S b af er , i n t b e JV Y Ti m . . es S a t u r da y R e vi ew .

t
is a e
I d lici
dditi
ou s a l t l i lit t
o n t o t h e p e asan e r , e s s s e r o u s er a ure
t
ab o u H awa c ii c ll cti t ight y
A r e o r d o f th e r e o e o n s o f th e fi r s e e e n e a rs
li ii h th t li h i t i hy
. .

of a b oy 3 f e , 1n H awa , w e r e f e wa s u s e r e d n o b e n g T e
’
a
tl gl h l c t y hic y
.

ar e o d aft e r th e m e l l ow m ap se o f a f a e n ur , w h h a s b e e n ve r
fu ll ti y g l
o f s a sf i1n li i
ab o rs m a n e n n ob n g p r o fe ss o n yh d
Pu r e b o oo
c ll cti d lt t d l t it c c th y
. .

re o e o n s , un a u e r a e b y a e r vi s s t o th e s e n e s in whi h e
h ad th i ir h
e r b t Tb e H a wa z za n S ear
.
'

H w ii
‘
Y t d y
a a an b k y will lik t
es e r a d Wh t
s 1s a oo ou e o rea a e ve r
l it i
e se y p g f it
s , e ve r i it w w y lit
a e ot It b c
is n f s o n a e r a ur e 15 e au se o
t hi ch ct i tic t h p f ct b l d i g f y d gi ti th t
.

s ar a er s e er e en n o m e m or an im a na on , a
th p l d c i p ti i i c c f t h chil d h d d ly
,

e se e r so n a es r ve r e m n s en es o e oo an e ar
y th f t h th r t h H w ii I l d t h ti
ou o e au o 111 e f th a l a an s an s, i n e m es o o s e m ar ve
ou s m i i y t ss o n a r d chi t
ve n u r e s a nth b gi i g f th a e ve m e n s n e a r e e nn n o e
l t c t y th t thi b k t k it p l c
as en u r , a lit t
s oo Cb g a es s a e as e r a ur e .
” '

z ea o
E ven zng P ost .

PVi f /z f r om p b oz og r ap /zs
' ’

n u m er ou s zl l a sz r a t z on s
‘ ‘

n ei

A . C . M c C L U R G 85 C O .
,
Pu bl i sh e r s
H AW A I I AN Y ES T ER DA Y S
B Y DR . H EN RY M LY M AN .

the mo r e s er ious and sometimes tragic

K eeping
elements i n the backg r ou nd the book gives i n a m ost , ,

i nteresting way the youthful imp r essions and occupa

,

tions and amusement s o f the writer I ndeed not a .

,

fe w of his pages i n their g r aphic account o f ingenious

,

adaptation o f means t o end s a r e agreea b ly reminiscent ,

— u nintentionally reminiscent n o doubt o f that cla s sic ,

—

of our childhood Th e Swiss Family Robinso n

,
‘
.
’

”
C ould a reviewer bestow highe r praise Tbe D i al .
—
.

The autho r gives some delightful pictures of the

island s the people and the manne r of living There
, .

is a good deal o f life and color and much interesting

statement pa r ticula r ly as t o the life of the kings and
,

queen s who r uled lik e despots over the tiny kingdom .

P b i l a a e lp b i a Inqu i r er
’
—
.

Evidently the author even in b oyhood had a , ,

boundless love and admi r atio n fo r the wo r ks of nature ,

fo r s ome o f his de s c r iption s o f that wonderfully creviced

and v olcano studded land a r e t r uly ma r velous in their
-

”
vivi d and beautiful po r trayal Or eg on 7 ou r n al .
—
.

I f one desires t o obtain an imp r ession of the inside

o f the m i s sm n work which transformed the character

o f the Sandwich I slande r s as they used to be known , ,

fr om heathenism to Christianity he will find it in this ,

i nte r esting volume I t is a de s c r iption of conditions

.

i n the H awaiian I s lands at the time when Ame r ican

”
missionaries were establi s hing thei r work Tb e S t a nd .

a r ei .

The v olume is unique in that it relates to a period ‘

”
about which Ame r ican reade r s have known little .

Bost on Tr a nscr ip t .

IVi z b n u m er ou s
/ ‘
il l u st r a ti on s f r om p b oz
‘
og r a /
p zs

n ei